NZ507292A - Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists - Google Patents

Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists

Info

Publication number
NZ507292A
NZ507292A NZ507292A NZ50729299A NZ507292A NZ 507292 A NZ507292 A NZ 507292A NZ 507292 A NZ507292 A NZ 507292A NZ 50729299 A NZ50729299 A NZ 50729299A NZ 507292 A NZ507292 A NZ 507292A
Authority
NZ
New Zealand
Prior art keywords
aryl
alkyl
mimosa
pct
page
Prior art date
Application number
NZ507292A
Inventor
Shashidhar N Rao
Julie M Miyashiro
Markandrew Russell
Yi Yu
Alan Frank Gasiecki
James W Malecha
Nizal Samuel Handrakumar
Bipinchandra Nanubhai Desai
Balekudru Evadas
Renee Huff
Ish K Khanna
Josephg Rico
Thomas E Rogers
Peter G Ruminski
Original Assignee
G
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by G filed Critical G
Publication of NZ507292A publication Critical patent/NZ507292A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82Amides; Imides in position 3
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10Spiro-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/02Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C07K5/0202Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link containing the structure -NH-X-X-C(=0)-, X being an optionally substituted carbon atom or a heteroatom, e.g. beta-amino acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

A compound of formula I used to treat conditions mediated by ávß3 integrin such as tumour metasis, solid tumour growth, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, smooth muscle cell migration, inhibiting restenosis, rheumatoid arthritis and macular degeneration. Examples of compounds of formula I include formulae II, II, IV and V.

Description

<div class="application article clearfix" id="description"> <p class="printTableText" lang="en">New Zealand Paient Spedficaiion for Paient Number 507292 <br><br> 507292 <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives as vitronectin antagonists <br><br> 10 <br><br> The present application claims priority under 35 USC §119(e) of United States provisional patent application Serial No. 60/081,394, filed April 10, 1998. <br><br> 15 Field of the Invention <br><br> The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents (compounds) which are useful as av p3 integrin antagonists and as such are useful in pharmaceutical compositions and in methods for treating conditions mediated by av £3 by inhibiting or antagonizing av 33 20 integrins. <br><br> Background of the Invention Integrins are a group of cell surface glycoproteins which mediate cell adhesion and therefore are useful mediators of cell adhesion 25 interactions which occur during various biological processes. Integrins are heterodimers composed of noncovalently linked a and p polypeptide subunits. Currently eleven different a subunits have been identified and six different 3 subunits have been identified. The various a subunits can combine with various 3 subunits to form distinct integrins. 30 The integrin identified as av p3 (also known as the vitronectin receptor) has been identified as an integrin which plays a role in various conditions or disease states including tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), osteoporosis, Paget's disease, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy 35 including macular degeneration, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis and smooth muscle cell migration (e.g. restenosis). Additionally, it has been found that such agents would be <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -3- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 2 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 useful as antivirals, antifungals and antimicrobials. Thus, compounds which selectively inhibit or antagonize av 03 would be beneficial for treating such conditions. <br><br> It has been shown that the av p3 integrin and other av containing integrins bind to a number of Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) containing matrix 10 macromolecules. Compounds containing the RGD sequence mimic extracellular matrix ligands so as to bind to cell surface receptors. <br><br> However, it is also known that RGD peptides in general are non-selective for RGD dependent integrins. For example, most RGD peptides which bind to av 03 also bind to avPs, avPi and am,P3. Antagonism of platelet 15 anbP3 (also known as the fibrinogen receptor) is known to block platelet aggregation in humans. In order to avoid bleeding side-effects when treating the conditions or disease states associated with the integrin av P3, it would be beneficial to develop compounds which are selective antagonists of avp3 as opposed to am,p3-20 Tumor cell invasion occurs by a three step process: 1) tumor cell attachment to extracellular matrix; 2) proteolytic dissolution of the matrix; and 3) movement of the cells through the dissolved barrier. This process can occur repeatedly and can result in metastases at sites distant from the original tumor. <br><br> 25 Seftor et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 89 (1992) 1557-1561) <br><br> have shown that the av p3 integrin has a biological function in melanoma cell invasion. Montgomery et al., (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 91 (1994) 8856-60) have demonstrated that the integrin av P3 expressed on human melanoma cells promotes a survival signal, protecting the cells 30 from apoptosis. Mediation of the tumor cell metastatic pathway by interference with the av P3 integrin celt adhesion receptor to impede tumor metastasis would be beneficial. <br><br> Brooks et al. (Cell, Vol. 79 (1994) 1157-1164) have demonstrated that antagonists of av P3 provide a therapeutic approach for the treatment 35 of neoplasia (inhibition of solid tumor growth) since systemic administration <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -4- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 3 <br><br> 5 of av P3 antagonists causes dramatic regression of various histologically distinct human tumors. <br><br> The adhesion receptor integrin av 03 was identified as a marker of angiogenic blood vessels in chick and man and therefore such receptor plays a critical role in angiogenesis or neovascularization. Angiogenesis 10 is characterized by the invasion, migration and proliferation of smooth muscle and endothelial cells. Antagonists of av 03 inhibit this process by selectively promoting apoptosis of cells in neovasculature. The growth of new blood vessels, or angiogenesis, also contributes to pathological conditions such as diabetic retinopathy including macular degeneration 15 (Adamis et al., Amer. J. Ophthal., Vol. 118, (1994) 445-450) and rheumatoid arthritis (Peacock et al., J. Exp. Med., Vol. 175, (1992), 1135-1138). Therefore, av 03 antagonists would be useful therapeutic agents for treating such conditions associated with neovascularization (Brooks et al., Science, Vol. 264, (1994), 569-571). <br><br> 20 It has been reported that the cell surface receptor av p3 is the major integrin on osteoclasts responsible for attachment to bone. Osteoclasts cause bone resorption and when such bone resorbing activity exceeds bone forming activity it results in osteoporosis (loss of bone), which leads to an increased number of bone fractures, incapacitation and increased 25 mortality. Antagonists of av 03 have been shown to be potent inhibitors of osteoclastic activity both in vitro [Sato et al., J. Cell. Biol., Vol. 111 (1990) 1713-1723] and in vivo [Fisher et al., Endocrinology, Vol. 132 (1993) 1411-1413], Antagonism of av 03 leads to decreased bone resorption and therefore restores a normal balance of bone forming and resorbing activity. 30 Thus it would be beneficial to provide antagonists of osteoclast av 03 which are effective inhibitors of bone resorption and therefore are useful in the treatment or prevention of osteoporosis. <br><br> The role of the av 03 integrin in smooth muscle cell migration also makes it a therapeutic target for prevention or inhibition of neointimal 35 hyperplasia which is a leading cause of restenosis after vascular procedures (Choi et al., J. Vase. Surg. Vol. 19(1) (1994) 125-34). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -5- <br><br> 4 <br><br> Prevention or inhibition of neointimai hyperplasia by pharmaceutical agents to prevent or inhibit restenosis would be beneficial. <br><br> White (Current Biology, Vol. 3 (9) (1993) 596-599) has reported that adenovirus uses av[33 for entering host cells. The integrin appears to be 5 required for endocytosis of the virus particle and may be required for penetration of the viral genome into the host cell cytoplasm. Thus compounds which inhibit avP3 would find usefulness as antiviral agents. <br><br> Summary of the Invention 10 The present invention relates to a class of compounds represented by the Formula I <br><br> O <br><br> II <br><br> (ch2)p-c-r <br><br> 15 <br><br> 20 <br><br> v-krt^n—ch <br><br> U/n R" R' or a pharmaceutical^ acceptable salt thereof, wherein <br><br> : het ; <br><br> 2 <br><br> 25 is a 5-8 membered monocyclic heterocyclic ring, optionally unsaturated, containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from the group consisting of O, N or S, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of CH, CH2, N, NH, O and S; <br><br> intellectual property of^of of n.z <br><br> 30 with the proviso that ^ 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> received <br><br> intellectual property otoce of nz <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> 5 RECEIVED <br><br> ' HET I <br><br> is not pyrrolidinyl when V=NH; <br><br> Y1 <br><br> Ais R7 <br><br> R5 R8 <br><br> wherein Y1 is selected from the group consisting of N-R2, O, and S; <br><br> R2 is selected from the group consisting of H ; alkyl; aryl; hydroxy ; alkoxy; cyano; nitro; amino; alkenyl; alkynyl; amido; alkylcarbonyl; arylcarbonyl; alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl; haloalkylcarbonyi; haloalkoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl; arylthiocarbonyl; acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C1-C10 alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, haloalkyl, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, amino, alkoxy, aryl or aryl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, haloalkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, alkylsulfonyl, alkylthio, nitro, carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl, <br><br> sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, or fused monocyclic heterocycles; aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C10, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, cyano, nitro, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, carboxyl derivatives, amino, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles and fused monocyclic heterocycle; monocyclic heterocycles; and monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloalkyl, C1-C10, alkoxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl or fused aryl; or <br><br> i inteit|9™al property I OF-ICF OF N.Z <br><br> I 11 SEP 2003 6 1 RECEIVED <br><br> R2 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C10, thioalkyl, alkylamino, hydroxy, keto, alkoxy, halo, phenyl, amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, spirodioxolane, and fused phenyl; <br><br> or R2 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatom selected from O, N and S optionally unsaturated; <br><br> or R2 taken together with R7 forms a 5-9 membered heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C1-C10 alkyl, phenyl, alkoxy and hydroxy; <br><br> or R2 taken together with R7 forms a 5 membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a aryl or heteroaryl ring; <br><br> R7 (when not taken together with R2) and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aralkyl; amino; alkylamino; hydroxy; alkoxy; arylamino; amido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl; alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxy; aryloxycarbonyl; <br><br> haloalkylcarbonyl; haloalkoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl; <br><br> arylthiocarbonyl; acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl; <br><br> aryl; acyl; benzoyl; alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C1-C10 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, haloalkyl, <br><br> cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, amino, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, <br><br> sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloalkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, <br><br> cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, fused monocyclic heterocycles; aryl <br><br> intellectual property <br><br> OPP.'cp of N.z <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> 7 RECEIVED <br><br> optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloalkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, <br><br> ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, <br><br> carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, <br><br> sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, <br><br> or fused monocyclic heterocycles; monocyclic heterocycles; <br><br> monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloalkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, alkoxy, <br><br> aryloxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, fused aryl; monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclicalkyls ;-S02R1° wherein R10 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and monocyclic heterocycles, all optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, <br><br> acylamino, trifluoroalkyl, amido, alkylaminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoromethylthio, <br><br> trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, aryl, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, and monocyclic heterocycles; and <br><br> O <br><br> j| _io wherein R10 is defined above; <br><br> O K <br><br> NR7 and R8 taken together form a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C1-C10 alkyl, carboxyl derivatives, <br><br> aryl or hydroxy and wherein said ring optionally contains a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; <br><br> R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, <br><br> benzyl, and phenethyl; <br><br> or <br><br> 8 <br><br> A is wherein Y2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl; cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl; aryl; monocyclic heterocycles; alkyl optionally substituted with aryl which can also be optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halo, haloalkyl, alkyl, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, aryl, or fused aryl; aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, <br><br> aryl, fused aryl, nitro, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, or alkyl; alkynyl; alkenyl;-S-R9 and O-R9 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; aralkyl; aryl; alkenyl; and alkynyl; or R9 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen and monosulfur or monooxygen containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with Ci-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, keto, phenyl, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, and fused phenyl; or R9 taken together with R7 is thiazole; oxazole; benzoxazole; or benzothiazole; and <br><br> R5 and R7 are as defined above; <br><br> Y2 (when Y2 is carbon) taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen or dinitrogen containing ring optionally substituted with alkyl, aryl, keto or hydroxy; <br><br> N—-R2 <br><br> intellectual property office of n.z <br><br> A is <br><br> N <br><br> N R7 <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> RECEIVED <br><br> 'Intellectual property <br><br> OPP/OF OF N7. <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> 9 RECEIVED <br><br> where R2 and R7 taken together form a 5-8 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C10 alkyl, <br><br> hydroxy, alkoxy, keto, phenyl, or carboxyl derivatives; and R8 is selected from the group consisting of alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, <br><br> haloalkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl, or acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; and <br><br> R5 is defined as above <br><br> R2 and R7 taken together form a heteroaromatic ring such as imidazole or pyrimidone; <br><br> R5 <br><br> N R2 <br><br> A is N=C <br><br> N R7 <br><br> R8 <br><br> where R2 and R7 taken together form a 5-8 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with hydroxy, keto, <br><br> phenyl, or alkyl; and <br><br> R8 are both selected from the group consisting of alkylcarbonyl, <br><br> arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, haloalkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl and acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; <br><br> Z1 is one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of H; <br><br> alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; aryloxy; halogen; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; nitro; <br><br> (Followed by page 9a) <br><br> 9a amino; alkylamino; acylamino ; dialkylamino; cyano; alkylthio; alkylsulfonyl; carboxyl derivatives; trihaloacetamide; acetamide; acyl; aryl; fused aryl; cycloalkyl; thio ; monocyclic heterocycles; fused monocyclic heterocycles; and A, wherein A is defined above; <br><br> or Z1 is R32 substituted on a nitrogen atom when [HET] group is an oxo substituted heterocycle; <br><br> R32 is H, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, dialkylamino alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl-or alkyl-sulfonyl, carboxyl, and carboxyl derivatives; <br><br> (Followed by page 10) <br><br> intellectual property n«-!rr- qf r\i.z <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> RECEIVED <br><br> F' INTEll:;CTUAl PROPERTY r&gt;-"*T:P QF \j <br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 <br><br> RECEIVED <br><br> 10 <br><br> V is selected from the group consisting of-N- (R6)- wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of H; C1-C10 alkyl; cycloalkyl; aralkyl; aryl; and monocyclic heterocycles ; or R6 taken together with Y, forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing ring; <br><br> Y, Y3, Z and Z3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; aryl; and cycloalkyl; or Y and Z taken together form a cycloalkyl; or Y3 and Z3 taken together form a cycloalkyl; n is an integer 1, 2, or 3; <br><br> t is an integer 0, 1, or 2; <br><br> p is an integer 0, 1 ,2 , or 3; <br><br> R is X-R3 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of O, S and NR4, wherein R3and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; haloalkyl; aryl; arylalkyl; sugars; steroids; polyalkylethers; alkylamido; alkyl N, N-dialkylamido; pivaloyloxymethyl; and in the case of the free acid, all pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; <br><br> R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; carboxyl derivatives; haloalkyl; cycloalkyl; monocyclic heterocycles; monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, fused aryl, nitro, <br><br> alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonamide, thio, alkylthio, carboxyl derivatives, amino, amido; <br><br> alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, alkynyl, alkenyl, alkyl, <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 11 <br><br> arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfoxide, arylsulfonyl, <br><br> cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide, acylamide, carboxyl derivatives, sulfonamide, <br><br> sulfonic acid, phosphonic acid derivatives, phosphinic acid derivatives, aryl, arylthio, arylsulfoxide, or arylsulfone all optionally substituted on the aryl ring with halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amido, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles; and fused monocyclic heterocycles, monocyclic heterocyclicthio, <br><br> monocyclic heterocyclicsulfoxide, and monocyclic heterocyclic sulfone, which can be optionally substituted with halo, haloalkyl, <br><br> nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, fused aryl, or alkyl; <br><br> alkylcarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl; <br><br> aryl optionally substituted in one or more positions with halo, <br><br> haloalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, <br><br> alkylthio, haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, acyloxy, carboxyl derivatives, carboxyalkoxy; amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles and fused monocyclic heterocycles; and o r7 n / <br><br> -C~N\ 8 <br><br> r wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above and provided that taken together with the nitrogen, R7 and R8 comprise an amino acid; <br><br> and <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -13- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 12 <br><br> 5 <br><br> R11 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl or haloalkynyl or R11 taken together with Y forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing ring. <br><br> It is another object of the invention to provide pharmaceutical <br><br> 10 compositions comprising compounds of the Formula I. Such compounds and compositions are useful in selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the av p3 integrin and therefore in another embodiment the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the av 03 integrin. The invention further involves treating or inhibiting pathological 15 conditions associated therewith such as osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, 20 smooth muscle cell migration and restenosis in a mammal in need of such treatment. Additionally, such pharmaceutical agents are useful as antiviral agents, and antimicrobials. <br><br> The present invention relates to a class of compounds represented by the Formula I, described above. <br><br> A preferred embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula II <br><br> Detailed Description <br><br> 25 <br><br> O <br><br> 30 <br><br> A <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -14- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> wherein <br><br> 13 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> ! Het ! <br><br> v / ' */-' <br><br> 15 <br><br> 32 <br><br> wherein R32 is H, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, dialkylamino alkyl, wherein 10 the alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl- or alkyl-sulfonyl, carboxyl, and carboxyl derivatives and the other variables are as described in Formula I. <br><br> Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a 15 compound of the Formula III <br><br> O <br><br> u <br><br> (CH2)p^R <br><br> O , .0 <br><br> / V <br><br> ! Het ! <br><br> CH <br><br> Z/n R11 R1 <br><br> I i \z/n <br><br> 20 <br><br> wherein <br><br> 25 <br><br> X. <br><br> ^ N <br><br> : Het : <br><br> is <br><br> "N <br><br> optionally substituted and the other variables are as defined above in Formula I. <br><br> Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula IV <br><br> 0 <br><br> " /Y\M (CH2)p^R <br><br> i <br><br> : Het ; <br><br> v S ' */"' <br><br> "N—CH <br><br> \Z/n R11 R1 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -15- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 14 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> -XlN Z1 <br><br> wherein 'V; is r <br><br> V--' <br><br> 71/ <br><br> s optionally substituted and the other variables are as defined above in 10 Formula I. <br><br> Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula V <br><br> O <br><br> A <br><br> A^*UUri iCH2,p v--c^ N—CH <br><br> i Het I <br><br> X / ' <br><br> I <br><br> \Z/n r11 r1 <br><br> 15 <br><br> wherein ^ <br><br> y-- n-N <br><br> r32/ <br><br> optionally substituted and the other variables are as defined above in 20 Formula I. <br><br> Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula VI <br><br> 0 <br><br> I Het ) v s ' <br><br> ,y-' <br><br> y\ <br><br> I <br><br> V--C I <br><br> Z <br><br> \*- /n <br><br> ^ i <br><br> N—CH <br><br> 111 I <br><br> r11 r <br><br> (CH2)p <br><br> O <br><br> A <br><br> R <br><br> 25 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -16- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 15 <br><br> wherein n^s <br><br> W <br><br> IS <br><br> z V <br><br> optionally substituted and the other variables are as defined above in 10 Formula I. <br><br> The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of Formulas l-VI. <br><br> The invention also relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or 15 antagonizing the av p3 integrin and more specifically relates to a method of inhibiting bone resorption, periodontal disease, osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic retinopathy, 20 arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, smooth muscle cell migration and restenosis by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the Formula l-VI to achieve such inhibition together with a pharmaceutical^ acceptable carrier. <br><br> The following is a list of definitions of various terms used herein: 25 As used herein, the terms "alkyl" or "lower alkyl" refer to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and the 30 like. <br><br> As used herein the terms "alkenyl" or "lower alkenyl" refer to unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one double bond and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, which carbon-carbon double bond may have either cjs or trans geometry within the alkenyl moiety, relative to 35 groups substituted on the double bond carbons. Examples of such groups are ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl and the like. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -17- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 16 <br><br> 5 As used herein the terms "alkynyl" or "lower alkynyl" refer to acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing one or more triple bonds and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such groups are ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl and the like. <br><br> The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein means saturated or partially 10 unsaturated cyclic carbon radicals containing 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 4 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, <br><br> cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, and the like. <br><br> The term "aryl" as used herein denotes aromatic ring systems 15 composed of one or more aromatic rings. Preferred aryl groups are those consisting of one, two or three aromatic rings. The term embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, thiophene, furan, <br><br> biphenyl and the like. <br><br> As used herein, the term "cyano" is represented by a radical of the <br><br> CN. <br><br> 20 formula <br><br> The terms "hydroxy" and "hydroxyl" as used herein are synonymous hOH <br><br> , <br><br> The radical of the formula <br><br> : HET I <br><br> \ / <br><br> V ✓ <br><br> 25 refers to a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring, <br><br> optionally containing unsaturation, containing 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of 0, N and S; wherein X1 is CH, N, 0 or S. Representative examples of the radical include pyridones, pyridines, pyrimidines, imidazoles, oxazoles, isoxazoles, thiazoles, pyridazines, 30 thiophenes, furans, pyrazoles and bicyclic heterocyclics such as benzimidazole, imidazopyridine, benzofuran and the like. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -18- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 17 <br><br> 5 The term "lower alkylene" or "alkylene" as used herein refers to divalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon radicals of 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkoxy" refers to straight or branched chain oxy containing radicals of the formula -OR20, wherein R20 is an alkyl 10 group as defined above. Examples of alkoxy groups encompassed include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, isopropoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy and the like. <br><br> As used herein the terms "arylalkyl" or "aralkyl" refer to a radical of hp22 p21 <br><br> wherein RZ1 is aryl as defined above and R22 is an alkylene as defined above. Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, pyridylmethyl, naphthylpropyl, phenethyl and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "nitro" is represented by a radical of the formula l " <br><br> 20 As used herein the term "halo" or "halogen" refers to bromo, chloro, <br><br> fluoro or iodo. <br><br> As used herein the term "haloalkyl" refers to alkyl groups as defined above substituted with one or more of the same or different halo groups at one or more carbon atom. Examples of haloalkyl groups include 25 trifluoromethyl, dichloroethyl, fluoropropyl and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "carboxyl" or "carboxy" refers to a radical of the formula -COOH. <br><br> As used herein the term "carboxyl ester" refers to a radical of the formula -COOR23 wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of H, 30 alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "carboxyl derivative" refers to a radical of Y6 <br><br> " 7 23 <br><br> the formula —C—Y R wherein Y6 and Y7 are independently selected <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -19- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 18 <br><br> 5 from the group consisting of 0, N or S and R23 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "amino" is represented by a radical of the formula -NH2. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylsulfonyl" or "alkylsulfone" refers to a 10 o radical of the formula |—S —R24 wherein R24 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> o <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylthio" refers to a radical of the formula -SR24 wherein R24 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> 15 As used herein the term "sulfonic acid" refers to a o <br><br> radical of the formula |—S —OR25 wherein R25 is alkyl as defined above. ° <br><br> 20 As used herein the term "sulfonamide" refers to a radical of the <br><br> O R7 i " / <br><br> formula I—S—N wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above. 5 O Re <br><br> 25 As used herein the term "fused aryl" refers to an aromatic ring such as the aryl groups defined above fused to one or more phenyl rings. <br><br> Embraced by the term "fused aryl" is the radical naphthyl and the like. <br><br> As used herein the terms "monocyclic heterocycle" or "monocyclic heterocyclic" refer to a monocyclic ring containing from 4 to about 12 <br><br> 30 atoms, and more preferably from 5 to about 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 3 of the atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, <br><br> nitrogen and sulfur with the understanding that if two or more different heteroatoms are present at least one of the heteroatoms must be nitrogen. <br><br> Representative of such monocyclic heterocycles are imidazole, furan, <br><br> 35 pyridine, oxazole, pyran, triazole, thiophene, pyrazole, thiazole, <br><br> thiadiazole, and the like. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -20- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 19 <br><br> 5 As used herein the term "fused monocyclic heterocycle" refers to a monocyclic heterocycle as defined above with a benzene fused thereto. Examples of such fused monocyclic heterocycles include benzofuran, benzopyran, benzodioxole, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole and the like. <br><br> \—°x <br><br> 10 As used herein the term "methylenedioxy" refers to the radical | <br><br> j o and the term "ethylenedioxy" refers to the radical J ■ <br><br> 1 n <br><br> As used herein the term "4-12 membered dinitrogen containing <br><br> 15 N~X <br><br> heterocycle refers to a radical of the formula II (Clj2)m=i-9 <br><br> R19 <br><br> wherein m is 1 or 2 and R19 is H, alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl and more preferably 20 refers to 4-9 membered ring and includes rings such as imidazoline. <br><br> As used herein the term "5-membered optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring" includes for example a radical of the formula <br><br> N N <br><br> N xx ^ I <br><br> N or N H H <br><br> and "5-membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a phenyl" refers to such a 25 "5-membered heteroaromatic ring" with a phenyl fused thereto. <br><br> Representative of such 5-membered heteroaromatic rings fused with a phenyl is benzimidazole. <br><br> As used herein the term "bicycloalkyl" refers to a bicyclic hydrocarbon radical containing 6 to about 12 carbon atoms which is 30 saturated or partially unsaturated. <br><br> As used herein the term "acyl" refers to a radical of the formula <br><br> O <br><br> II <br><br> yC^R26 <br><br> \ wherein R 6 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or aralkyl and <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -21- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 20 <br><br> 5 optionally substituted thereon as defined above. Encompassed by such radical are the groups acetyl, benzoyl and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "thio" refers to a radical of the formula SH. <br><br> As used herein the term "sulfonyl" refers to a radical of the formula <br><br> 0 10 . II 27 <br><br> |—S—R wherein R27 is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl as defined above. <br><br> O <br><br> As used herein the term "haloalkylthio" refers to a radical of the formula -S-R28 wherein R28 is haloalkyl as defined above. <br><br> 15 As used herein the term "aryloxy" refers to a radical of the formula | OR29 wherein R29 is aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "acylamino" refers to a radical of the o <br><br> 30 " i formula R ~~C— NH~f wherein R30 is alkyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined 20 above. <br><br> As used herein the term "amido" refers to a radical of the formula <br><br> O <br><br> ii <br><br> —'C-NH2. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula -NHR32 wherein R32 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> 25 As used herein the term "dialkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula -NR^R34 wherein R33 and R34 are the same or different alkyl groups as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "trifluoromethyl" refers to a radical of the formula ^ Cp3 <br><br> 30 As used herein the term "trifluoroalkoxy" refers to a radical of the p Q Q I <br><br> formula 3 wherein R35 is a bond or an alkylene as <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -22- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 21 <br><br> 5 defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylaminosulfonyl" refers to a radical of O <br><br> the formula R36—N—S—I wherein R36 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> H ii * <br><br> o <br><br> 10 As used herein the term "alkylsulfonylamino" refers to a radical of o <br><br> the formula R36—S—NH—| wherein R38 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> O <br><br> As used herein the term "trifluoromethylthio" refers to a radical of the <br><br> £ F3C S 1 • <br><br> 15 formula ? <br><br> As used herein the term "trifluoromethylsulfonyl" refers to a radical O <br><br> of the formula f3C—S | • <br><br> ll O <br><br> 20 <br><br> As used herein the term "4-12 membered mono-nitrogen containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 4-12 atoms and more preferably a ring of 4-9 atoms wherein one atom is nitrogen. Such rings may optionally contain 25 additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Included within this group are morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, thiomorpholine, pyrrolidine, proline, azacycloheptene and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "benzyl" refers to the radical i_ch2— <br><br> 30 As used herein the term "phenethyl" refers to the radical <br><br> [— CHuCHa— <br><br> As used herein the term "4-12 membered mono-nitrogen containing monosulfur or monooxygen containing heterocyclic ring" refers to a ring <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -23- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 22 <br><br> 5 consisting of 4 to 12 atoms and more preferably 4 to 9 atoms wherein at least one atom is a nitrogen and at least one atom is oxygen or sulfur. Encompassed within this definition are rings such as thiazoline and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "arylsulfonyl" or "arylsulfone" refers to a 10 0 <br><br> gy 11 | <br><br> radical of the formula R —S—| wherein R37 is aryl as defined above. <br><br> O <br><br> As used herein the terms "alkylsulfoxide" or "arylsulfoxide" refer to <br><br> 0 <br><br> 15 radicals of the formula R38—s—^ wherein R38 is, respectively, alkyl or aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "phosphonic acid derivative" refers to a O <br><br> radical of the formula I—P—OR39 wherein R39 and R40 are the same or <br><br> 1 OR40 <br><br> 20 OR <br><br> different H, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl. <br><br> As used herein the term "phosphinic acid derivatives" refers to a <br><br> O <br><br> radical of the formula p_QR41 wherein R41 is H, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl <br><br> U <br><br> 25 as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "arylthio" refers to a radical of the formula <br><br> J— sr42 42 <br><br> i wherein R is aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "monocyclic heterocycle thio" refers to a radical of the formula |—SR43 wherein R43 is a monocyclic heterocycle <br><br> 30 <br><br> radical as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the terms "monocyclic heterocycle sulfoxide" and <br><br> "monocyclic heterocycle sulfone" refer, respectively, to radicals of the <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -24- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 23 <br><br> 5 0 o hll s II ^ <br><br> S—R and j—S—R wherein R43 is a monocyclic O <br><br> heterocycle radical as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the 0 <br><br> 50 11 <br><br> 10 formula R —wherein R50 is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "arylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the 0 <br><br> si " <br><br> p g1 <br><br> formula u wherein R is aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the O <br><br> 52 11 <br><br> p -9 <br><br> formula ° wherein R is alkoxy as defined above. 15 As used herein the term "aryloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the <br><br> O <br><br> p51 /-* J! <br><br> formula ^ ^ ° wherein R is aryl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "haloalkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the 0 <br><br> „ II <br><br> p CO <br><br> formula ^ wherein R is haloalkyl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "haloalkoxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of O <br><br> 53 " <br><br> 20 the formula R —wherein R53 is haloalkyl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylthiocarbonyl" refers to a radical of the O <br><br> in 'I Ft r. p formula ° ° wherein R is alkyl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "arylthiocarbonyl" refers to a radical of the O <br><br> C1 II <br><br> pDT p p _ <br><br> formula ^ 00 wherein R is aryl as defined above. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -25- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 24 <br><br> 5 As used herein the term "acyloxymethoxycarbonyl" refers to a o <br><br> 54 11 <br><br> radical of the formula R —°~CH2—O—C wherein R54 is acyl as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "arylamino" refers to a radical of the formula RS1-NH- wherein R51 is aryl as defined above. <br><br> 10 As used herein the term "polyalkylether" refers to commonly used glycols such as triethyleneglycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like. <br><br> As used herein the term "alkylamido" refers to a radical of the 0 <br><br> p50 ijm l| <br><br> formula -nh-o wherein R50 is alkyl as defined above. 15 As used herein the term "N,N-dialkylamido" refers to a radical of the <br><br> 50 ® <br><br> r5V II <br><br> N—C— <br><br> n50/ eg formula K wherein R is the same or different alkyl group as defined above. <br><br> As used herein the term "pivaloyloxymethyl" refers to a radical of <br><br> 0 <br><br> Me^ n <br><br> ^C-C-0-CH2— <br><br> Me J, <br><br> the formula Me 20 As used herein the term "acyloxy" refers to a radical of the formula <br><br> R55-0- wherein R55 is acyl as defined above. <br><br> The term "composition" as used herein means a product which results from the mixing or combining of more than one element or ingredient. <br><br> 25 The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier", as used herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, <br><br> such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a chemical agent. <br><br> The term "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount 30 of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -26- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 25 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician. <br><br> The following is a list of abbreviations and the corresponding meanings as used interchangeably herein: <br><br> 1H-NMR = proton nuclear magnetic resonance AcOH = acetic acid Ar = argon <br><br> BH3-THF = borane-tetrahydrofuran complex Bn = benzyl <br><br> BOC = tert-butoxvcarbonyl <br><br> ButLi = butyl lithium <br><br> Cat. = catalytic amount <br><br> CDMT = 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxytriazine <br><br> CH2CI2 = dichloromethane <br><br> CH3CN = acetonitrile <br><br> CH3I = iodomethane <br><br> CHN analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen elemental analysis CHNCI analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/chlorine elemental analysis <br><br> CHNS analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/sulfur elemental analysis <br><br> DAST = diethylaminosulfur trifluoride DCC = 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DCM = dichloromethane DIBAL = diisobutylaluminum hydride DIEA = diisopropylethylamine Dl water = deionized water DMA = N,N-dimethylacetamide DMAC = N.N-dimethylacetamide DMAP = 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine DMF = N.N-dimethylformamide DSC = disuccinyl carbonate <br><br> EDCI = 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride <br><br> Et = ethyl <br><br> Et20 = diethyl ether Et3N = triethylamine EtOAc = ethyl acetate EtOH = ethanol <br><br> FAB MS = fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy g = gram(s) <br><br> GIHA = mefa-guanidinohippuric acid <br><br> GIHA HCI = meta-guanidinohippuric acid hydrochloride <br><br> Gly = glycine <br><br> HMPA = hexamethylphosphoramide HOBT = 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -27- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 26 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> HPLC = high performance liquid chromatography <br><br> IBCF = isobutylchloroformate i-Pr = iso propyl i-Prop = iso propyl k2co3 = potassium carbonate <br><br> KMn04 = potassium permanganate <br><br> KOH = potassium hydroxide <br><br> KSCN = potassium thiocyanate <br><br> L = Liter <br><br> LiOH = lithium hydroxide <br><br> MCPBA = m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid or m-chloroperbenzoic acid <br><br> Me = methyl <br><br> Mel = methyl iodide <br><br> MeOH = methanol <br><br> MEMCI = methoxyethoxy methyl chloride <br><br> MesCI = methanesulfonylchloride mg = milligram <br><br> MgS04 = magnesium sulfate ml = milliliter mL = milliliter <br><br> MS = mass spectroscopy <br><br> MTBE = methyl t-butyl ether <br><br> N2 = nitrogen <br><br> NaCNBH3 = sodium cyanoborohydride NaH - sodium hydride NaHC03 = sodium bicarbonate NaOH = sodium hydroxide NaOMe = sodium methoxide Na2P04 = sodium phosphate Na2S04 = sodium sulfate NEt3 = triethylamine NH4HC03 = ammonium bicarbonate NH4+HC02" = ammonium formate NH4OH = ammonium hydroxide NMM = N-methy!morpholine NMP = 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance Pd/C = palladium on carbon Ph = phenyl <br><br> Pt/C = platinum on carbon <br><br> RPHPLC = reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography RT = room temperature t-BOC = tert-butoxvcarbonvl TFA = trifluoroacetic acid THF = tetrahydrofuran TLC - thin layer chromatography TMEDA = tetramethylethylenediamine <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -28- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 27 <br><br> 5 TMS = trimethylsilyl <br><br> A = heating the reaction mixture <br><br> The compounds as shown in Formulas l-VI can exist in various isomeric forms and all such isomeric forms are meant to be included. 10 Tautomeric forms are also included as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such isomers and tautomers. <br><br> In the structures and formulas herein, a bond drawn across a bond of a ring can be to any available atom on the ring. <br><br> The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt 15 prepared by contacting a compound of Formula I with an acid whose anion is generally considered suitable for human consumption. Examples of pharmacologically acceptable salts include the hydrochloride, <br><br> hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, propionate, <br><br> lactate, maleate, malate, succinate, tartrate salts and the like. All of the 20 pharmacologically acceptable salts may be prepared by conventional means. (See Berae et al.. J Pharm. Sci.. 66(1 V 1-19 (1977) for additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.) <br><br> For the selective inhibition or antagonism of avfb integrins, <br><br> compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, 25 parenterally, or by inhalation spray, or topically in unit dosage formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes, for example, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, infusion techniques or intraperitonally. <br><br> 30 The compounds of the present invention are administered by any suitable route in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. Therapeutically effective doses of the compounds required to prevent or arrest the progress of or to treat the medical condition are readily ascertained by one 35 of ordinary skill in the art using preclinical and clinical approaches familiar to the medicinal arts. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -29- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 28 <br><br> 5 Accordingly, the present invention provides a method of treating conditions mediated by selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the av Ps cell surface receptor which method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the class of compounds depicted in Formulas l-VI, wherein one or more compounds of the 10 Formulas l-VI is administered in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials) and if desired other active ingredients. More specifically, the present invention provides a method for inhibition of the av p3 cell surface receptors. Most preferably 15 the present invention provides a method for inhibiting bone resorption, <br><br> treating osteoporosis, inhibiting humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, <br><br> treating Paget's disease, inhibiting tumor metastasis, inhibiting neoplasia (solid tumor growth), inhibiting angiogenesis including tumor angiogenesis, treating retinopathy including macular degeneration and diabetic 20 retinopathy, inhibiting arthritis, psoriasis and periodontal disease, and inhibiting smooth muscle cell migration including restenosis. <br><br> Based upon standard laboratory experimental techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art, as well as comparisons with compounds of known usefulness, the compounds of 25 Formula I can be used in the treatment of patients suffering from the above pathological conditions. One skilled in the art will recognize that selection of the most appropriate compound of the invention is within the ability of one with ordinary skill in the art and will depend on a variety of factors including assessment of results obtained in standard assay and animal 30 models. <br><br> Treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound of the Formula I which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that 35 expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein, the term "inhibition" of the condition refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -30- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent. <br><br> As stated previously, the compounds of the invention can be used in 10 a variety of biological, prophylactic or therapeutic areas. It is contemplated that these compounds are useful in prevention or treatment of any disease state or condition wherein the av p3 integrin plays a role. <br><br> The dosage regimen for the compounds and/or compositions containing the compounds is based on a variety of factors, including the 15 type, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition; the route of administration; and the activity of the particular compound employed. Thus the dosage regimen may vary widely. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated 20 conditions. <br><br> The active ingredient administered by injection is formulated as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier. A suitable daily dose would typically be about 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight injected per day in multiple doses depending on the 25 factors listed above. <br><br> For administration to a mammal in need of such treatment, the compounds in a therapeutically effective amount are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration. The compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, 30 starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, <br><br> talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, gelatin, acacia, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Alternatively, the compounds 35 may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, com oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -31- <br><br> 10 <br><br> 15 <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -32- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 30 <br><br> chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art. <br><br> The pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present invention may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional pharmaceutical adjuvants such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers, etc. <br><br> The general synthetic sequences for preparing the compounds useful in the present invention are outlined in Schemes 1-15. Both an explanation of, and the actual procedures for, the various aspects of the present invention are described where appropriate. The following Schemes and Examples are intended to be merely illustrative of the present invention, and not limiting thereof in either scope or spirit. Those with skill in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes described in the Schemes and Examples can be used to synthesize the compounds of the present invention. <br><br> Unless otherwise indicated all starting materials and equipment employed were commercially available. <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 31 <br><br> SCHEME 1 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -33- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 32 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -34- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 33 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> CO UJ <br><br> 2 <br><br> UJ I o cn <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -35- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Schemes 1-3 are illustrative of methodology useful for preparing the guanidinopyridine/cycloguanidino pyridine carboxylic acid portions of the present invention which are used for coupling to the gly-p-amino acid portion. This can be accomplished using other appropriate guanidating reagents known to those skilled in the art. The methodologies of Schemes 10 1-3 can be modified using conventional techniques and methods to prepare alternate compounds useful for coupling to the gly-p-amino acid portion. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -36- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 35 <br><br> SCHEME 4 <br><br> NH S <br><br> X A <br><br> H2Nr ^Nr^NH2 Br H <br><br> OEt <br><br> 1) EtOH <br><br> A <br><br> *■ <br><br> 2) NH4OH <br><br> C02Et syN <br><br> HN.,NH2 <br><br> T <br><br> NH <br><br> 1) NaOH H20/Et0H <br><br> 2) HCI <br><br> C02H <br><br> syN <br><br> HN NH2 <br><br> NH "HCI (A13) <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -37- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 36 <br><br> 5 Scheme 4 is illustrative of methodology used for preparing the guanidinothiazole carboxylic acid portion of the present invention which is used for coupling to the gly-p-amino acid portion. The methodology of Scheme 4 can be modified using conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art to prepare this and alternate compounds useful for 10 coupling to the gly-p-amino acid portion. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -38- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 37 <br><br> SCHEME 5 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> CU .H <br><br> OH <br><br> AcjO/EtjN <br><br> X, or N-X-Succinimide or other source of'X+' <br><br> M <br><br> OH <br><br> I <br><br> J <br><br> EtOH, HCI COjEt <br><br> HCI <br><br> o J^y o <br><br> C02Et <br><br> I 0 <br><br> •HCI <br><br> C02Et <br><br> OH <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -39- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 38 <br><br> 5 Scheme 5 illustrates methodology useful for preparing the ethyl N- <br><br> gly-amino-3-(3,5-dihalo-2-hydroxy) phenyl propionate portion of the compounds of the present invention. Briefly, 3,5-halo substituted salicylaldehydes (halo substituted -2-hydroxybenzaldehydes) were prepared by direct halogenation. For example, 5-bromosalicylaldehyde is 10 slurried in acetic acid and an equivalent or more of chlorine is added to produce 3-chloro-5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde. <br><br> Some product precipitates and is recovered by filtration. The remainder is recovered by diluting the filtrate with water and isolating the precipitate. Combining the solids and drying gives 3-chloro-5-bromo-2-15 hydroxybenzaldehyde. 3-iodo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde was prepared by reacting 5-chlorosalicylaldehyde with N-iodosuccinimide in DMF and subjecting the reaction mixture to conventional work-up conditions. 3-iodo-5-bromosalicylaldehyde can be prepared by reacting 5-bromosalicylaldehyde in acetonitrile with potassium iodide and chloramine 20 T. Conventional work-up gives a material that when treated with hexanes gives the desired 3-iodo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde. <br><br> Coumarins are readily prepared from salicylaldehydes using a modified Perkin reaction (e.g., Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th Ed., 1989, p. 1040). The halo-substituted coumarins were 25 converted to 3-aminohydrocoumarins (see J.G. Rico, Tett. Let.. 1994. 35, 6599-6602) which were readily opened in acidic alcohol to give 3-amino-3-(3,5-halo-2-hydroxy)phenyl propanoic acid esters. <br><br> 3-amino-3-(3,5-halo-2-hydroxy)phenyl propanoic acid esters were converted to N-gly-3-amino-3(3,5-halo-2hydroxy)phenyl propanoic acid 30 esters by reaction of Boc-N-gly-N-hydroxysuccinimide to give Boc-N-gly-3-amino-3-(3,5-halo-2-hydroxy)phenyl propanoic acid esters that were converted to HX salts of N-gly-3-amino-3-(3,5-halo-2-hydroxy)phenyl propanoic acid esters (wherein X is CI, Br or I). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -40- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 39 <br><br> SCHEME 6 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 1) NMM <br><br> O <br><br> CO2H <br><br> &lt;A1-13)-C02H.2HCI + CICO2 <br><br> 2) (C) + NMM <br><br> 3) LiOH/HjO <br><br> 4) TFA <br><br> DMA (or) DMF <br><br> (A1-13] <br><br> °jn <br><br> OH <br><br> Y <br><br> X <br><br> Scheme 6 illustrates methodology useful for coupling the <br><br> 10 heterocyclic acid portion (A1-A13) to the gly-p-amino portion (C) of the present invention. <br><br> Synthesis of A1-A13 is illustrated in Schemes 1-4 and synthesis of (C) is illustrated in Scheme 5 (where X and Y were halogen, same or different). <br><br> 15 Such methodology can be modified using conventional methods known to those with ordinary skill in the art. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -41- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 40 <br><br> SCHEME 7 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step A <br><br> hc^c^cc^h + r1cho + nh4+ch3c02- <br><br> A <br><br> h2n- <br><br> -co2h <br><br> R1 <br><br> R3OH »• <br><br> HCI gas <br><br> A <br><br> h2n- <br><br> -c02Rj r1 -hci <br><br> (E) <br><br> Step B <br><br> /, <br><br> BOC—N- <br><br> r( <br><br> c+c02h + cic02- <br><br> (1) /—\ <br><br> O N—CH3 <br><br> DMF <br><br> (2) (E), NMM in DMF HCI/Dioxane y\ o II <br><br> I I <br><br> \ZI <br><br> boc-n--c--c-nh- <br><br> hn- <br><br> /v,\ <br><br> c--c-nh- <br><br> I <br><br> \Zj n (f) <br><br> -c02rj <br><br> -co2r3 <br><br> ,1 -hci <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -42- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 41 <br><br> 5 Scheme 7 illustrates methodology for preparing the gly-p-amino acid portion of the molecule (F) in a general manner. <br><br> Aldehydes (R'CHO) used in this methodology are either commercially available or can be prepared from commercially available reagents using methodologies for the preparation of aldehydes which are 10 commonly known to those with ordinary skill in the art. <br><br> All other reagents are commercially available or can be readily synthesized by one skilled in the art. <br><br> Such methodologies and conditions can be further modified using conventional techniques to produce similar desired intermediates. <br><br> Printed, from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -43- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 42 <br><br> 0=0 I <br><br> -CH <br><br> n <br><br> T— <br><br> T™ &lt; <br><br> 00 LU <br><br> UJ <br><br> 1 <br><br> o <br><br> CO <br><br> u_ <br><br> Q <br><br> "D o, <br><br> 5&lt; <br><br> ZQ <br><br> 11 eBii <br><br> /-S #""S <br><br> CNJ CO Tf o x <br><br> CM <br><br> X <br><br> CM <br><br> o o « <br><br> T™ &lt; <br><br> to <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -44- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 43 <br><br> 5 Scheme 8 illustrates methodology useful for coupling the heterocyclic acid portion (A1-13) to a gly-p-amino acid portion (F) to prepare compounds of the present invention. <br><br> The synthesis of A1-13 is illustrated in Schemes 1-4 and the synthesis of (F) is illustrated in Scheme 7. <br><br> 10 Such methodology can be modified using conventional methods known to those with ordinary skill in the art. <br><br> Schemes 9-12 illustrate general methodology for preparing compounds of the present invention. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -45- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 44 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> O) UJ <br><br> LU X <br><br> o <br><br> CO <br><br> o <br><br> I <br><br> a <br><br> 3 <br><br> 5 <br><br> CM <br><br> X <br><br> zx <br><br> 6* <br><br> w <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -46- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 45 <br><br> 5 Scheme 9 illustrates the general methodology for the synthesis of the heterocycle derived gly-p-amino acid coupled target compounds. The reaction of the heterocyclic carboxylic acid with gly-p-amino acid under peptide coupling conditions gives the intermediate (2). Reduction of the nitro group using catalytic hydrogenation (e.g. Pt/C, H2) gives the amino 10 intermediate (3). This transformation may also be carried out chemically using SnCI2. The amino group can be elaborated to guanidino or other functional groups of Formula I using the methodologies discussed above. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -47- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 46 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -48- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCMJS99/04297 <br><br> 47 <br><br> Alternatively, the target compounds may be synthesized by building the left hand portion of the molecule prior to coupling with the gly-p-amino acid (Scheme 10). The amino functionality of the heterocycle amine (1) is functionalized to the guanidine or other groups (A, Formula I) and then coupled to the gly-p-amino acid under standard coupling conditions. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -49- <br><br> SCHEME 11 <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 49 <br><br> 5 Scheme 11 shows a general synthesis of substituted pyridines and pyridone derived target compounds. Nitration of 6-hydroxynicotinic acid followed by chlorination gives 6-chloro-5-nitronicotinic acid. Coupling of the intermediate 3 with the gly-p-amino acid gives the product 4. The chloro group in versatile intermediate 4 can be readily displaced by a 10 variety of nucleophiles to give 5. Reduction of the nitro group on 4 or 5 and further elaboration of the amino group as discussed in Scheme 9 gives the target compounds. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -51- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Scheme 12 shows the synthesis of substituted pyridine and pyridone derived target compounds starting with 2-amino-6-hydroxypridine-4-carboxylic acid. The starting material 1 used in the scheme may be prepared by reacting commercially available 2-chloro-6-methoxy-pyridine-4-carboxylic acid with ammonium hydroxide under high pressure conditions. Elaboration of the 10 amino group followed by coupling to the gly-p-amino acid as discussed in Scheme 10 gives the target compounds. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -53- <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -54- <br><br> WO 99/52896 g3 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Scheme 13 shows the synthesis of isomeric pyridines and pyridones starting with 6-amino-4-methoxy-picolinic acid. The starting material 1 used in the Scheme 13 may be prepared as described in the literature (J. Am. Chem. Soc., 78,4130,1956). Functionalization of the amino group in 1 followed by coupling reaction and hydrolysis (as in Scheme 10) gives the target 10 compounds. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -55- <br><br> SCHEME 14 <br><br> N02 <br><br> Nitration c^nr <br><br> O 2 0 <br><br> OH <br><br> Reduction <br><br> NH2 <br><br> Or <br><br> OR <br><br> 4 0 <br><br> Coupling Hydrolysis u O R! O il « H <br><br> O § <br><br> WO 99/52896 5S PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 The isomeric pyridine and pyridone derived compounds may be prepared using the methodology shown in Scheme 14. The key intermediate 4 may be prepared by starting with 6-chloro-picolinic acid. Oxidation followed by nitration gives the 4-nitropyridine derivative (3). Deoxygenation of the N-oxide, reduction of the nitro group and nucleophilic displacement of chloro 10 group gives the intermediate 4. The methodology discussed in Scheme 10 may be applied to achieve the synthesis of target compounds. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -57- <br><br> Rrheme 15 <br><br> H w- <br><br> y r+ (D <br><br> 51 1. Coupling <br><br> 2. Hydrolysis- " O Rl <br><br> Hi n <br><br> 0 3 <br><br> s <br><br> F- <br><br> 8 <br><br> 03 <br><br> O <br><br> u&gt; <br><br> uYY^frr1 <br><br> ori <br><br> OH j_co2^°Y^Y&gt;Nii/x]f <br><br> ~ O R-j <br><br> | ' ^ "7 ~B1 ij ^ 17*55**- <br><br> o <br><br> H O <br><br> o u&gt; <br><br> u&gt; <br><br> *0 P CQ <br><br> (D » <br><br> (Jl CO <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> The methodology shown in Scheme 10 can also be used for the synthesis of pyrimidine derived target compounds (Scheme 15). The isomeric pyrimidine derivatives 1 and 2 may be synthesized by following the literature preparations (J. Org. Chem., 26, 2755,1961). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -59- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 58 <br><br> Example A <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> NH <br><br> u <br><br> H2N"^N H <br><br> C02H <br><br> N <br><br> ■ 2HCI <br><br> 10 <br><br> 5-aminonicotinic acid (4.0 g, 0.021 mole) (Helv. Chim. Acta, 47, 363 <br><br> (1964); JACS, 70,2381 [1948]), 1 H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine hydrochloride (4.6 g, 0.031 mole), diisopropylethylamine (8.0 g, 0.062 mole), dioxane (14 mL) and HzO (7 mL) were heated at reflux for 2 days. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, the precipitate was filtered, washed with HzO/dioxane 15 (50:50) and dried. The precipitate was slurried in H20 and made acidic with 2N HCI. The solvent was removed under vacuum to yield the above compound as a white solid (750 mg). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page 60 <br><br> WO 99/52896 s9 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> Example B <br><br> r^i <br><br> N^NH <br><br> ' 2HCI <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> To 3,4,5,6 - tetrahydro -2-pyrimidine thiol (10 g, 0.086 mole) (Aldrich) in absolute ethanol (75 ml) is added Mel (12.2g, 0.086 mole). The reaction was stirred at reflux for 2.5 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum and 15 the product dried to yield 2-methyl thio-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidine hydroiodide as a white solid (22 g). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 20 To the product from Step 1 above (5.3g, 0.021 mole) and triethylamine <br><br> (2.07g, 0.021 mole) in CH2CI2 (25 mL) was added BOC anhydride (4.5 g, 0.021 mole) at ice bath temperature. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The CH2CI2was washed with H20 (3x), dried over MgS04, and removed under vacuum to yield N-Boc-2-methylthio-3,4,5,6-25 tetrahydro-2-pyrimidine (4.14 g). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> The product from Step 2 above (3.08g, 0.0134 mole), 5-aminonicotinic 30 acid (1.8g, 0.0134 mole) in DMA (12mL) was heated at 80-85'C for 2 weeks. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH3CN, the precipitate was filtered, washed with CH3CN and dried. The precipitate was slurried in HzO and the pH was lowered to 1-2 with concentrated HCI. The solution was frozen and lyopholized to yield the desired product as a light brown solid (1.2 g). MS 35 and^-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -61- <br><br> WO 99/52896 fi0 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Example C <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> /—\ <br><br> .NH <br><br> T <br><br> lyj ' 2TFA <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> 10 To 2-methylthio-2-imidazoline hydroiodide (20 g, 0.082 mole) (Aldrich), <br><br> and triethylamine (8.28 g, 0.082 mole) in CH2CI2 (100 mL) was added BOC anhydride (17.9 g, 0.082 mole) at ice bath temperature. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The CH2CI2was washed with H20 (2x), dried over MgS04 and removed under vacuum to yield N-BOC-2-methylthio-2-15 imidazoline as a viscous oil turned waxy white solid (15.93 g). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> The product from Step 1 above (15.93 g, 0.0737 mole), 5-20 aminonicotinic acid (9.6 g, 0.07 mole), and triethylamine (7.1 g, 0.07 mole) in DMA (60 mL) was heated at 100"C for 2 days, then at 130 °C for 1 day, and at 150°C for 2 additional days. After cooling and diluting the reaction mixture with CH3CN, the precipitate was filtered, washed with ether and dried (zwitterion yield is 10.16 g). This was slurried in H20 and made acidic with 25 TFA (pH 1-2). The solution was frozen and lyophilized to yield the desired product as a light yellow solid (20.15 g). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -62 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 61 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Example D <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> h2N-^U <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> O <br><br> HCI <br><br> CI <br><br> CI <br><br> Step 1 10 Preparation of O <br><br> CI <br><br> CI <br><br> To a 2L round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer and condenser was placed 3,5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde (200.0 g, 1.05 mol, 1 equivalent), acetic anhydride (356 g, 3.49 mol) and triethylamine (95.0 g, 0.94 15 mol, 0.90 equivalent). The reaction solution was heated at reflux overnight. The dark brown reaction mixture was cooled to 50°C and water (1L) added with stirring. After one hour the mixture was filtered and the filtrate combined with EtOH (1L). This mixture was heated to 45°C for one hour, cooled to room temperature, filtered and the solid (fraction A) washed with EtOH (0.5 L). 20 The combined EtOH solutions were concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce an oil (fraction B). The solid from fraction A was dissolved in methylene chloride (1.5 L) and the resulting solution passed through a pad of silica gel (1300 mL volume). The resulting dark brown solution was concentrated to an oil that was triturated with hexanes (1.3 L) to give a solid 25 that was isolated by filtration and washed (hexanes) to give substantially pure 6,8-dichlorocoumarin (163 g). An additional 31 g of product was obtained by <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -63- <br><br> 10 <br><br> WO 99/52896 fa PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> treating the oil (fraction B) in a similar fashion; the oil was dissolved in methylene chloride (0.5 L) passed through a silica pad (0.5 L volume) and triturated with hexanes. The total isolated yield is 194 g or 86% of the brown solid. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Steo 2 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 15 To a 3-neck 2L round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer was placed 6,8-dichlorocoumarin (160 g, 0.74 mol) prepared in Step 1 and dry THF (375 mL, Aldrich Sure Seal). The resulting mixture was cooled to -40°C (dry ice-acetone bath) and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (0.80 mol, 800 mL of 1M in THF) added while maintaining the temperature below 20 -40°C. Upon completion of the addition the cooling bath was removed. After 0.5 hour the mixture was warmed to -5°C. The reaction was quenched by addition of a solution of HCI (0.5 L of 4M in dioxane) in EtOH (1.25 L). The temperature was maintained below 0°C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to about one-half its original volume and partitioned between 25 EtOAc (3L) and water (2L). The organic iayer was washed with aqueous HCI (3 x 1L, 0.5 N HCI). The pH of the combined water layers was adjusted to about 7 by addition of 10% aqueous NaOH and extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 2L). The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04), filtered, and HCI (210 mL of 4M in dioxane) added with stirring. Upon completion of 30 precipitation the solid was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to a small volume and methyl t-butyl ether added. The solid obtained was combined with the initially formed solid and the combined product was <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -64- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 63 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 washed with methyl t-butyl ether, isolated by filtration and dried (vacuum oven over a weekend) to obtain the desired product (172 g, 74% yield). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> To a flame-dried round bottom flask (0.5 L) equipped with magnetic stir bar was added N-t-Boc-giycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (Sigma, 15.0 g, 0.055 mol), dry DMF (Aldrich Sure Seal, 200 mL) and the product from Step 2 15 (21.67 g, 0.055 mol) under an inert atmosphere (Ar). The reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 0°C (salt-ice bath) and N-methyl morpholine (5.58 g, 0.056 mole) and a catalytic amount of DMAP added. The reaction was allowed to proceed overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to a slush, and partitioned between EtOAc (0.4 L) and aqueous base (2x 0.2 L, 20 aqueous saturated NaHC03). The organic layer was washed consecutively with aqueous citric acid (2x 0.2 L, 10% w/v), with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2x 0.2 L), brine and dried (Na2S04). Volatiles were removed under vacuum at 55°C to give an oil (22.5 g, 92% yield) that solidified on standing. <br><br> Step? 10 Preparation of <br><br> MS and 'H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> 25 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -65- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 64 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of h2N" U <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> O <br><br> CI' <br><br> •HCI <br><br> CI <br><br> 10 <br><br> The product obtained in Step 3 was deprotected to give the amine hydrochloride salt using the following procedure. To the product obtained in Step 3 (14.0 g, 0.032 mole) in a flame-dried round bottom flask (0.1 L) with stir bar was added dry dioxane (40 mL). To this solution was added HCI (4.0 N in dioxane, 2 equivalents, 6.32 mL) at 0°C. The reaction was allowed to proceed 15 until gas evolution ceased and the reaction was complete. Volatiles were removed under vacuum and the residue triturated with diethyl ether (50 mL). Solids were collected by filtration, washed with ether and dried to give the desired product (12.5 g). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -66- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 65 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE E <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> Br <br><br> HCI <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> O <br><br> 10 <br><br> CI' <br><br> Br <br><br> To a suspension of 3-bromo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde (175 g, 743.2 mmol) in acetic anhydride (280.5 mL, 3 mol) was added triethylamine (103.6 mL, 743.2 mmol). The reaction solution was heated at reflux for 4.5 hours. The solution was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The brown residue was 15 added to absolute ethanol (730 mL). The mixture was stored at 0°C for 14 hours. The brown solid was collected by filtration and washed with cold ethanol. The solid was dried in vacuo to give the desired product (123 g, 64% yield). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 Step 2 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> To a suspension of the coumarin produced in Step 1 (40.0 g, 154.1 mmol) in THF (400 mL) at -76°C was added dropwise with stirring lithium <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -67- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 66 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (154.1 mL of a 1M solution in THF). The addition was completed in 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then stirred for 5 minutes, warmed to -20°C and stirred for 15 minutes. To this solution was added acetic acid (9.25 g, 154.1 mmoi) in THF (28 mL) over 5 minutes. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and volatiles were removed in vacuo. The 10 residue was dissolved in ether (850 mL), washed with saturated aqueous <br><br> NaHC03 (2x 100 mL), brine (2x 40 mL) and dried (MgSOJ. The ether solution was concentrated to about 160 mL, and cooled to 0°C. To this suspension was added HCI (4 M in dioxane, 56.3 mL, 225 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes. The suspension was filtered and the filter cake 15 exhaustively washed with ether. The solid was dried in vacuo to give the desired product as the HCI salt, dioxane solvate (45 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 20 Preparation of <br><br> To a suspension of the lactone produced in Step 2 (142.2 g, 354.5 mmol) in absolute ethanol (533 mL) was added HCI (4M in dioxane, 157.8 mL, 631.1 mmol) over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room 25 temperature for 2.5 hours. Volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (450 mL) and the solution kept at 0°C for 15 hours. The tan precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with cold ethyl acetate. The solid was dried in vacuo to give the desired product as the hydrochloride salt (100.4 g, 79% yield). 1H-NMR was consistent with the 30 proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -68- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 67 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> rV"00*. <br><br> jTX <br><br> cK^-^Br <br><br> To a flame-dried round bottom flask (0.1 L) equipped with magentic stir bar was added N-t-Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (Sigma, 2.72 g, 10 0.010 mol), dry THF (Aldrich Sure Seal, 50 mL) and the product of Step 3 (3.10 g, 0.01 mole, vacuum desiccated overnight over P205) under an inert atmosphere (Ar). The reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 0°C (salt-ice bath) and triethylamine (1.01 g, 0.010 mole) was added. The reaction was allowed to proceed overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to a 15 semi-solid and worked up in a fashion similar to Example A, Step 3. Volatiles were removed from the organic layer under vacuum at 55°C to give an oil (4.0 g, 83% yield) that solidified on standing. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> 20 Step 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 25 The product obtained in Step 4 was deprotected to give the hydrochloride salt using the following procedure. To the product obtained in Step 4 (4.0 g, 0.0084 mole) in a flame-dried round bottom flask (0.1 L) with stir <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -69- <br><br> 5 Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 bar was added dry dioxane (20 mL). To this was added HCI (4N in dioxane, 20 mL) and the reaction allowed to proceed until gas evolution ceased and the reaction was complete (about 1 hour). Volatiles were removed under vacuum and the residue triturated with diethyl ether (50 mL). Solids were collected by filtration, washed with ether and dried to give a light brown solid (2.7 g, 78% 10 yield). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page 70- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 69 <br><br> EXAMPLE F <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> h2N^ <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> O <br><br> •HCI <br><br> CI <br><br> 10 Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of 3-iodo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde <br><br> H. JO <br><br> OH <br><br> CI <br><br> 15 <br><br> N-iodosuccinimide (144.0 g, 0.641 mole) was added to a solution of <br><br> 5-chlorosalicylaldehyde (100 g, 0.638 mole) in dimethylformamide (400 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 days at room temperature. Additional N-iodosuccinimide (20.0 g) was added and the stirring was continued for additional 2 days. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl 20 acetate (1L), washed with hydrochloric acid (300 mL, 0.1 N), water (300 mL), sodium thiosulfate (5%, 300 mL), brine (300 mL), dried (MgS04) and was concentrated to dryness to afford the desired aldehyde as a pale yellow solid (162 g, 90% yield). <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -71- <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> o <br><br> CI <br><br> A mixture of 3-iodo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde (100 g, 0.354 mole), <br><br> 10 acetic anhydride (300 mL) and triethylamine (54 mL) was heated at reflux for 18 hours. Upon cooling, the desired coumarin precipitated as a dark brown crystalline material. The precipitate was filtered, washed with hexane/ethyl acetate (4:1,200 mL), and air dried. [Yield: 60 g (55% yield)]. Additional quantities of the desired product (10 g, 9% yield) can be 15 obtained from the filtrate, upon storage. <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS indicated this to be the desired product. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of (R,S)-4-amino-3,4-dihydro-6-chloro-8-iodocoumarin hydrochloride <br><br> Lithium hexamethyldisilazane (21.62 mL, 1M, 21.62 mmol) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-8-iodocoumarin (6.63 g, 21.62 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at -78°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at this 25 temperature for 30 minutes, then at 0°C for 1 hour. Acetic acid (1.3 g, 21.62 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was poured into an ethyl acetate (300 mL) and saturated sodium carbonate (200 mL) solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine (200 mL) followed by dioxane/HCI (4N, 30 mL) at 0°C. The reaction 30 mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, filtered, and was dried <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -72- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 71 <br><br> 5 in vacuo to afford the desired product as a powder (4.6 g, 59% yield). <br><br> (rphpic: Rf 6.8 minutes; Gradient 10% acetonitriie - 90% acetonitriie over 15 minutes then to 100% acetonitriie over the next 6 minutes. Both water and acetonitriie contain 0.1% TFA. Vydac C18 protein peptide column, 2 mL/min flow rate, monitored at 254 nm). <br><br> 10 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of (R.S)-ethyl 3-amino-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-iodo)phenyl propionate hydrochloride <br><br> Hydrogen chloride gas was bubbled into a solution of 4-amino-3,4-dihydro-6-chloro-8-iodocoumarin hydrochloride (22.0 g, 61.09 mmol) in 20 ethanol (250 mL) keeping the reaction mixture at 0-10°C until saturation. After 6 hours at reflux, most of the solvent was removed by distillation. The cooled residue was added to anhydrous ether and was stirred for 2 hours. The initial gum turned in to a crystalline material. The crystalline product was filtered and was dried to afford the desired product as an off-white 25 crystalline powder (20 g, 81% yield). (Rf. 7.52 min, conditions as Step 3). 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> Preparation of (R.S)-ethyl 3-(N-BOC-gly)-amino-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-30 iodo)phenyl propionate <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -73- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 72 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> 5 <br><br> A mixture of BOC-gly (2.16 g, 12.31 mmol), HOBT (1.67 g, 12.31), EDCI (2.36 g, 12.31 mmol) and DMF (50 mL) was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. Ethyl 3-amino-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-iodo)propionate hydrochloride (5.0 g, 12.31 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture followed by triethylamine 10 (3.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (300 mL) and sodium bicarbonate (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with hydrochloric acid (1N, 100 mL), brine (200 mL), dried (MgSOJ and was concentrated to afford the desired product as 15 a solid (6 g, 93% yield). <br><br> Preparation of (R,S)-ethyl 3-(N-gly)-amino-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-20 iodo)phenyl propionate hydrochloride <br><br> Dioxane/HCI (4N, 20 mL) was added to ethyl 3-(N-BOC-gly)-amino-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-iodo)propionate (6.0 g, 11.30 mmol) at 0°C and 25 was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and concentrated once more after addition of toluene (100 mL). The residue obtained was suspended in ether, was filtered and dried <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Step 6 <br><br> H <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -74- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 73 <br><br> 5 to afford the desired product as a crystalline powder (5.0 g, 95% yield), (rphplc: Rf 8.3 min. conditions as Step 3). <br><br> A 4-L flask fitted with a condenser, temperature probe and mechanical stirrer was charged with Zn metal (180.0 g, 2.76 mol, 30-100 mesh) and THF (1.25 L). While stirring 1,2-dibromoethane (4.74 mL, 0.06 mol) was added via syringe [alternatively, TMS CI (0.1 eq.) at room 20 temperature for one hour may be substituted]. After inert gas purge (3 N2/vacuum cycles) the suspension of zinc in THF was heated to reflux (65°C) and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to 50°C before charging tert-butyl bromoacetate (488 g, 369 mL, 2.5 mol) via 50 mL syringe and syringe pump (delivery set to 4.1 mL/min) 25 over 1.5 hours. Reaction temperature of 50° +/- 5°C was maintained throughout the addition. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 50°C for one hour after the addition was complete. Subsequently, the mixture was allowed to cool to 25°C and the precipitated product allowed to settle. The THF mother liquor is decanted into a 2-L round bottom flask using a 30 coarse fritted filter stick and partial vacuum transfer (20 mm Hg). This removed about 65% of the THF from the mixture. 1-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone <br><br> 10 <br><br> (S-isomer) <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of Reformatski Reagent <br><br> BrZnCH2C02-t-Bu <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -75- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 74 <br><br> 5 (NMP, 800 mL) was added and agitation resumed for 5 minutes. The reaction mixture can be filtered to remove any remaining zinc. Analysis indicated a titer of desired Reformatski reagent of 1.57 M with a molar yield of 94%. Alternatively, the solid reagent can be isolated by filtration from the original reaction mixture. The cake was washed with THF until a white 10 solid was obtained and dried under N2 to obtain the desired product as a mono THF solvate that may be stored at -20°C (desicated) for extended periods. Typical recoveries are 85-90%. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> A. Preparation of <br><br> Potassium carbonate (powder, oven dried at 100°C under vacuum, 8.82 g, 60 mmoles) was added to a solution of 3,5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde 20 (11.46 g, 60 moles) in DMF (40 mL) at room temperature to give a bright yellow slurry. MEMCI (neat, 7.64 g, 61 mmoles) was then added while maintaining the bath temperature at 20°C. The mixture was stirred at 22°C for 6 hours and MEMCI (0.3 g, 2.4 mmoles) was added. The mixture was stirred for another 0.5 hour and the reaction mixture poured into cold water 25 (200 mL) to precipitate the product. The slurry was filtered on a pressure filter and the cake was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and dried under Nj/vacuum to afford the product as an off white solid (14.94 g, 89% yield). 1H-NMR (CDCI3, TMS) 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.54 to 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.91 to 3.93 (m, 2H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 10.30 (s, 1H); 13C NMR 30 (CDCI3, TMS) 6 (ppm):59.03, 70.11, 99.57,126.60,129.57,130.81, 132.07,135.36,154.66,188.30. DSC: 48.24°C (endo 90.51 J/g). Microanalytical: calculated for C11H12C1204: <br><br> C: 47.33%; H: 4.33%; CI: 25.40% <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -76- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 75 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Found: C: 47.15%; H: 4.26%; CI: 25.16%. <br><br> B. Preparation of <br><br> C <br><br> 10 <br><br> The product from Step 2A (35.0 g, 0.125 mol) was charged in a 1-L <br><br> 3-neck round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer and an addition funnel followed by addition of THF (200 mL). The solution was stirred at 22°C and (S)-phenylglycinol (17.20 g, 0.125 mol) was added at once. After 30 minutes at 22°C, MgS04 (20 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for <br><br> 15 1 hour at 22°C, and filtered on a coarse fritted filter. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. No further purification was performed and the crude imine was used directly in the coupling reaction, Step 2, C. <br><br> 20 C. Preparation of <br><br> A 1-L 3-neck round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer and an addition funnel was charged with solid reagent from Step 1 (91.3 g, <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -77- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 76 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 0.275 mol) and NMP (200 mL) under nitrogen. The solution was then cooled to -10°C and stirred at 350 rpm. A solution of imine (prepared in Step B) in NMP was prepared under nitrogen and then added over 20 minutes to the above reaction mixture while the temperature was maintained at -5°C (jacket temperature -10°C). The mixture was stirred for 10 an additional 1.5 hours at -8°C and one hour at -5°C after the addition was complete. After cooling to -10°C a mixture of concentrated HCl/saturated solution of NH4CI (100 mL), water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) was added to the solution. MTBE (200 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at 23°C at 200 rpm. Stirring was stopped and the layers 15 separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with MTBE (100 ml). The two organic layers were combined, washed successively with a saturated solution of NH4CI (100 ml), water (100 ml), and brine (100 ml). The solution was dried with MgS04 (30 g), filtered and concentrated to afford an orange oil (66.3 g) (solidifies in standing) containing the desired product as 20 a single diastereoisomer as determined by proton and carbon nmr. A sample was purified for analysis by recrystallization from heptane to afford the product as an off-white solid. Proton and carbon nmr and IR spectra were consistent with the desired product. [a]D25 = +8.7° (c = 1.057, MeOH). Microanalytical: calculated for C25H33CI2NOe'. 25 C: 58.77%; H: 6.47%; N: 2.72%; CI: 13.78% <br><br> Found: C: 58.22%; H: 6.54%; N: 2.70%; CI: 13.66%. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> A. A solution of crude ester prepared in Step 2 [17.40 g, 0.033 mole (theory)], and EtOH (250 mL) was charged to a 1-L 3-neck jacketed <br><br> 30 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -78- <br><br> WO 99/52896 77 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 reactor. The solution was cooled to 0°C and Pb(OAc)4 (14.63 g, 0.033 mole) was added at once. After 2 hours a 15% solution of NaOH (30 mL) was added and ethanol was removed under reduced pressure. Another portion of 15% NaOH (100 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with MTBE (2 x 100 mL), washed with H20 (2 x 100 mL) and brine (50 mL), 10 dried with Na2S04, filtered on celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an orange oil (12.46 g ) which was homogeneous as determined by tic. The oil was used without further purification. <br><br> B. The oil from A, was diluted with EtOH (30 mL) and paratoluene 15 sulfonic acid (1.3 eq., 0.043 mole, 8.18 g) was added. The solution was heated to reflux for 8 hours, cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with THF (20 mL) and heated to reflux to form a solution. The solution was cooled to room temperature and the compound crystallized. Heptane (30 mL) and 20 THF (10 mL) were added to form a fluid slurry which was filtered. The cake was washed with THF/heptane (40 mL, 1/1) and vacuum dried for two hours in a pressure filter under nitrogen to afford a white solid (7.40 g). <br><br> Proton and carbon NMR and IR spectra were consistent with the desired product as substantially a single enantiomer. <br><br> 25 Microanalytical: calculated for C18H2tCI2NOeS, 0.25 C4HgO: <br><br> C: 48.73%; H: 4.95%; N: 2.99%; CI: 15.14% <br><br> Found: C: 48.91%; H: 4.95%; N: 2.90%; CI: 14.95%. <br><br> Step 4 30 Preparation of <br><br> I 0 <br><br> nrN <br><br> C02Et <br><br> 35 To a 500 mL <br><br> flask equipped with a magnetic round bottom <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -79- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCTAJS99/04297 <br><br> 78 <br><br> 5 stir bar and nitrogen bubbler were charged the product from Step 3 (21.7 g, 0.065 mole), N-t-Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (17.7 g, 0.065 mole) and DMF (200 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 3.25 hours and a pale orange solution formed. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold ethyl acetate (1.2 L). The 10 organic solution was washed with 1M HCI (250 mL) and then with brine (500 Ml), dried (MgS04) and concentrated under vacuum to near dryness to obtain an oil that was subsequently dried at 50°C to obtain the product as a colorless oil (28.12 g, 99% yield). Seed crystals were prepared from ethyl acetate/hexanes. The product (about 28 g) was dissolved in ethyl 15 acetate (35 mL) and hexanes (125 mL). The solution was seeded with the seed crystals and precipitate formed. The solids were filtered and dried overnight under vacuum at 55°C to yield a colorless solid (27.0 g, 95% <br><br> yield). <br><br> 1H-NMR was consistent with the desired product. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 25 The Boc-protected glycine amide prepared in Step 4 (27.0 g, 0.062 <br><br> mole) was dried overnight over P205 and NaOH pellets. The solid was dissolved in dioxane (40 mL) and the solution cooled to 0°C. An equivalent volume of 4N HCI/dioxane (0.062 mole) was added and the reaction was run for 2 hours. At this point the conversion was 80% as determined by 30 rphplc. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated at 40°C to a foam which was triturated with ether (200 mL). The white solid that formed was <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -80- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 79 <br><br> 5 filtered and dried over P205 to yield the desired glycine beta-amino acid ethyl ester compound as the HCI salt (20.4%, 88.5% isolated yield. <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -81- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 80 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE H <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> C02Et <br><br> /0H <br><br> | ■ HCI <br><br> 'xi <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 10 <br><br> Br <br><br> Potassium carbonate (powder, oven dried at 100°C under vacuum, 22.1 g, 0.16 moles) was added to a solution of 3-chloro-5-bromosalicylaldehyde (35 g, 0.15 moles) in DMF (175 ml) at room 15 temperature to give a bright yellow slurry. MEMCI (neat, 25.0 g, 0.2 moles) was then added while maintaining the bath temperature at 20°C. The mixture was then stirred at 22°C for 6 hours and was poured into Dl water (1200 mL) to precipitate the product. The slurry was filtered on a pressure filter, the cake washed with Dl water (2 x 400 mL) and dried under 20 Nj/vacuum to afford the product as an off-white solid (46 g, 95% yield). 'H-NMR (CDCI3, TMS) 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.54 to 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.91 to 3.93 (m, 2H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 7.77 (d, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 10.30 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (CDCI3, TMS) (ppm):59.05, 70.11, 71.49, 99.50, 117.93,129.69,129.78, 132.37,138.14,155.12,188.22. DSC: 48.24°C (endo 90.51 J/g); 25 Microanalytical: calculated for CnH^BrCIO,,: <br><br> C: 40.82%; H: 3.74%; CI: 10.95%; Br: 24.69%; Found: C: 40.64%; H: 3.48%; CI: 10.99%; Br: 24.67%. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -82- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 81 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Br <br><br> The product obtained in Step 1 (32.35 g, 0.1 mol) was charged in a 500 ml 3N round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer, followed by 10 the addition of THF (160 ml) and (S)-phenylglycinol (13.71 g, 0.1 mol). After 30 minutes at 22°C, MgS04 (20 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 22°C and filtered on a coarse fritted filter. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a pale yellow oil (48.0 g) containing the imine. No further purification was performed and the 15 crude product was used directly in the coupling reaction. <br><br> Microanalytical: calculated for C18H21BrCIN04: <br><br> Found: C: 51.52%; H: 5.02%; N: 2.82%; Br: 16.31%; CI: 7.61%. <br><br> 20 Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 25 reagent from Step 1 of Example G (332 g, 0.8 mol) was taken in NMP (660 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -83- <br><br> C: 51.54%; H: 4.78%; N: 3.16%; Br: 18.04%; CI: 8.00%; <br><br> In a 5L 3N round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer, <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 82 <br><br> 5 mL) under nitrogen. The solution was then cooled to-10°C. A solution of imine produced in Step 2 in NMP (320 ml) was prepared under nitrogen and then added in 30 minutes to the above reaction mixture while the temperature was maintained at -5°C. The mixture was stirred for an additional hour and then cooled to -10°C. A mixture of concentrated 10 HCI/saturated solution of NH4CI (30 mL/720 mL) was added over 10 <br><br> minutes. MTBE (760 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 23°C. Stirring was stopped and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with MTBE (320 ml). The two organic layers were combined, washed successively with a saturated solution of NH4CI 15 (320 ml), Dl water (320 ml) and brine (320 ml). The solution was dried with MgS04 (60 g), filtered and concentrated to afford a yellow oil (228 g) containing the desired product as a single diastereoisomer. <br><br> DSC: 227.54°C (endo. 61.63 J/g); <br><br> Microanalytical: calculated for C26H33BrCINOe: 20 C: 53.72%; H: 5.95%; N: 2.50%; Br: 14.29%; CI: 6.33% <br><br> Found: C: 53.80%; H: 6.45%; N: 2.23%; Br: 12.85%; CI: 6.12%. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of was charged under nitrogen atmosphere to a 3L 3N round bottom flask fitted with a mechanical stirrer. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C 30 and lead tetraacetate (88.67 g, 0.2 mol) was added in one portion. The <br><br> 25 <br><br> A solution of crude ester from Step 3 (~111 g) in ethanol (1500 mL) <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -84- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> 83 <br><br> 5 reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 0°C and then 15% aqueous NaOH (150 mL) was added to the reaction mixture below 5°C. Ethanol was removed under reduced pressure on rotavap. Another 15% aqueous NaOH (600 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 300 mL), MTBE (2 x 200 mL ) and ethyl acetate (2 x 200 10 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with Dl water (2 x 200 mL) and brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgS04 (30 g). The solution was then filtered over celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the product as an orange oil (96 g) that was used in the next step without further purification. <br><br> 15 DSC: 233.60°C (endo. 67.85 Jig): <br><br> Microanalytical: calculated for C24H29BrCIN05: <br><br> Found: C: 52.12%; H: 5.40%; N: 2.47%; Bn 14.77%; CI: 6.48. Step 5 20 Preparation of <br><br> The crude product from Step 4 (-94 g) was taken up in absolute ethanol (180 mL) and para toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (50.0 g, 0.26 25 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 8 hours after which the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Residual solid was taken up in THF (100 mL) and THF was then stripped off under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL) and cooled to -5°C. The resulting solid was filtered and washed <br><br> 30 with heptane (2 x 50 m) to give a white solid. The solid was air dried to give the product as a white solid (38 g) as a single isomer. <br><br> 1H-NMR (DMSO, TMS) (ppm) 1.12 (t, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 4.05 (q, 2H), 4.88 (t, 1H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.68 (1H, d), <br><br> C: 54.71%; H: 5.54%; N: 2.65%; Br: 15.16%; CI: 6.72; <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -85- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 84 <br><br> 5 8.35 (br, s, 3H); 13C NMR (DMSO, TMS) (ppm):13.82, 20.75, 37.13, 45.59, 60.59, 110.53, 122.47,125.44, 127.87, 128.06, 129.51, 131.95,137.77, 145.33,150.14,168.98; DSC: 69.86°C (end., 406.5 J/g), 165.72°C (end. 62.27 J/g), 211.24°C (exo. 20.56 J/g) [a]D25 = + 4.2° (c = 0.960, MeOH); IR (MIR) (cm-1) 2922, 1726,1621,1591,1494, 1471,1413,1376, 1324, 10 1286,1237, 1207; <br><br> Microanalytical: calculated for C18H21BrCIN06S: <br><br> C: 43.69%; H: 4.27%; N: 2.83%; Br: 16.15%; CI: 7.16%; S: 6.48%; Found: C: 43.40%; H: 4.24%; N: 2.73%; Br: 16.40%; CI: 7.20%; S: 6.54%. <br><br> 15 Step 6 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H2N-^Y <br><br> 20 The above compound was prepared according to the procedures outlined in Example G, Step 4 and Step 5 where an equivalent quantity of the intermediate prepared in Step 5 as the free base was substituted for Example G, Step 4. <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -86- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 85 <br><br> EXAMPLE I <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> ■HCI <br><br> 10 Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 15 The above compound was prepared according to the methodology of Example G, Step 2A, substituting an equivalent quantity of 2-hydroxy-3,5-dibromobenzaldehyde for 3,5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde. <br><br> Yield: 88%; Pale yellow solid: m.p. 46-47°C; Rf = 0.6 (EtOAc/Hexane 1:1 v/v); 1H-NMR (CDCI3) 8 3.37 (s. 3H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.92 20 (m, 2H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.91 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.94 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 10.27 (s, 1H); FAB-MS m/z 367 <br><br> (M+) HR-MS calculated for CuH^BrA: 367.9083 <br><br> OCT OH77 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -87- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 86 <br><br> 5 Step 2 <br><br> The above compound was prepared using the procedure of Example G, Steps 2B and 2C substituting an equivalent quantity of the 10 compound from Step 1 in the procedure. <br><br> Yield: 90%; Yellow solid; m.p. 57-59°C; Rf = 0.46 (EtOAc/Hexane 1:1 v/v); 1H-NMR (CDCI3) 8 1.45 (s, 9H); 2.1 (br, 1H, exchangeable), 2.51 (d, 1H, J1 = 9.9 Hz, J2 = 15.3 Hz), 2.66 (d, 1H, J, = 4.2 Hz, J2 = 15.3 Hz), 3.02 (br, 1H, exchangeable), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.58-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 15 2H), 4.63 (dd, 1H, J = 4.2 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 6H), 7.49 (d, 1H): FAB-MS m/z 602 (M+H) <br><br> HR-MS calculated for C25HMNBr206: 602.0753 <br><br> The above compound (p-toluenesulfonate salt) was prepared 25 according to the methodology in Example G, Step 3 substituting an equivalent quantity of the product in Step 2 in Example G, Step 3A. Yield: 62%; white solid; 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 1.09 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.27 (s, <br><br> Found: 602.0749. <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired compound. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -88- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 87 <br><br> 5 3H), 2.97 (dd, 2H, J, = 3.0 Hz, J2 = 7.2 Hz); 4.02 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.87 (t, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.08 (d, 2H, J = 4.8 Hz), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.57 (d, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.2 (br, 3H); FAB-MS m/z 365 (M+H) <br><br> HR-MS calculated for C^H^NBrA: 365.9340 <br><br> Found; 365.9311. <br><br> 10 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> The above compound was prepared using the procedure of Example G, Step 4 and substituting the compound prepared in Step 3 to produce the BOC protected intermediate. The resulting BOC protected 20 intermediate was converted to the desired compound using the procedure of Example G, Step 5. <br><br> 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the desired compound. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -89- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 88 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE J <br><br> Preparation of ethyl p-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-propanoate, <br><br> bis hydrochloride salt <br><br> C02Et •2 HCI <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> To 3-pyridine carboxaldehyde (300 ml) in 2- propanol (3 liters) was added ammonium acetate (297 g) followed by malonic acid (398 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 5 hours. The precipitate was 15 filtered while hot and washed with hot isopropanol (2 liters). The resulting white solid was then dried to yield DL-3-amino-3-(3-pyridyl)propionic acid as a white solid (220 g). <br><br> 20 Step 2 <br><br> DL-3-amino-3-(3-pyridyl)propionic acid (220 g) from Step 1 was slurried in absolute EtOH (3.6 liters). HCI gas (one lecture bottle -1 lb) was bubbled into the reaction while stirring over 40 minutes. The slurry was then heated at reflux for 4 hours (a solution forms after 1 to 1.5 hours). <br><br> 25 The reaction mixture was cooled to 5°C in an ice bath. After stirring at 5°C for 1.5 hours, the resulting white precipitate was filtered and washed thoroughly with ether. After drying under vacuum at 50°C, the desired product, ethyl DL-3-amino-3-(3-pyridyl)propionate dihydrochloride was obtained as a white solid (331.3 g). <br><br> 30 NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -90- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 89 <br><br> 5 Step 3 <br><br> To ethyl DL-3-amino-3-(3-pyridyl)propionate dihydrochloride (220.6 g, 0.83 mole) from Step 2 in anhydrous THF (2 liters) and triethylamine (167.2 g, 1.65 moles), was added N-t-BOC-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (225 g, 0.826 moles) (Sigma) in several portions at 5-10°C. The 10 reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with THF. The solvent from the filtrate was removed under vacuum. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (2.3 liters). The ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (2 x 900 ml) and HzO (3 x 900 ml), dried over MgS04 and 15 removed under vacuum. The residue was slurried overnight in 10% ethyl acetate/hexane (2.5 liters). The precipitate was filtered, washed with 10% ethyl acetate/hexane (1 liter), then hexane, then dried to yield ethyl p-[[2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]acetyl]-amino]-pyridine-3-propanoate as a white solid (233 g). <br><br> 20 NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> Ethyl p-[[2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-pyridine-3-propanoate (from Step 3) (232 g, 0.66 mole) was dissolved in 25 warm dioxane (1 liter). After cooling to room temperature, 4M HCI in dioxane (1.6 liters) (Aldrich) was slowly added. A white precipitate formed after several minutes and then turned to a thick sticky material. After 2 hours, the solvent was decanted off. The residue was slurried in ether and the ether decanted off until a white solid resulted. This was dried under 30 vacuum to yield ethyl p-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]pyridine-3-propanoate, bis hydrochloride salt as a white hygroscopic solid (224.2 g). <br><br> NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -91- <br><br> 5 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 EtOH (100 mL) and at reflux was added ethyl bromopyruvate (20.0 g, 0.102 mole) (Aldrich) portionwise. The solution was stirred at reflux for 2 hours. Additional ethyl bromopyruvate (2.0 g) was added and the reaction continued at reflux for 2 more hours. The reaction was cooled to 10°C and concentrated NH4OH was added until pH = 10. The resulting precipitate 15 was filtered, washed with ether and dried to yield 2-guanidino-4-carboxyethylthiazole as a yellow solid (15.1 g). <br><br> mL) and ethanol (40 mL) was added NaOH (0.93 g, 0.023 mole). The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. Additional ethanol (20 mL) and NaOH (0.93 g) were added to the reaction mixture and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 more hour. The pH was 25 lowered to 7 with 1N HCI and the resultant precipitate was filtered, washed with H20 and ether, then dried to yield the product (4.1 g) as the zwitterion. <br><br> The zwitterion was slurried in H20 and acidified with concentrated HCI until solution. The solution was frozen and lyophilized to yield 2-guanidino-4-carboxythiazole hydrochloride as a light yellow solid (4.33 g). 30 MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 20 <br><br> To the product of Step 1 (5.0 g, 0.023 mole) slurried in H20 (100 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -92- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 91 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Examples L and M were prepared according to the depicted <br><br> Schemes, starting from the commercially available 2-amino-6-methylpyridine and 2-amino-4-methyl-pyridine, respectively. <br><br> EXAMPLE L <br><br> 10 Preparation of 2-Aminopyridine-6-carboxylic acid <br><br> 1. KMn04 Water, 75PC, 2h 9 <br><br> 2. 3 N HCI <br><br> 4N HCI, EtOH Reflux, 16 h <br><br> 1. 2.5 N NaOH 8S°C, 1h OH 2. 1NHCI <br><br> OEt <br><br> 15 Step A <br><br> To a solution of 2-acetylamino-6-methylpyridine (10.0 g) in water (125 mL) at 75°C was added KMn04 (21.0 g) in portions and heating was continued for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the residue washed with hot water (2 x 25 mL). The combined aqueous filtrate 20 and the washings were washed with dichloromethane (3 x 40 mL), and acidified with cold 3 N HCI. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water to neutral pH, and dried under vacuum to afford 2-acetylaminopyridine-6-carboxylic acid (3.8 g, 48% yield). The dichloromethane extract was concentrated to dryness to give the 25 unreacted 2-acetylamino-6-methylpyridine (3.5 g). <br><br> 1H-NMR (CD3OD) 8 8.32 (m, 1H), 7.94 (t, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 2.2 (s, 3H); FAB MS m/z 181 (M+H). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -93- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step B <br><br> A suspension of 2-acetylaminopyridine-6-carboxylic acid (4.1 g) in 2.5 N NaOH (36.5 ml) was heated at 80°C for 1.5 hours, under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was cooled and acidified with cold 3N HCI. The precipitate obtained was filtered, washed successively with water 10 and acetonitriie. The resulting white solid was dried under vacuum to afford 2-aminopyridine-6-carboxylic acid (2.4 g, 76% yield). <br><br> 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 7.57 (t, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz), 6.67 (1H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.51 (br, 2H); FAB MS m/z 139 (M+H). <br><br> 15 Step C <br><br> A suspension of 2-aminopyridine-6-carboxylic acid (2 g) in EtOH (10.0 mL) and 4N HCI/dioxane (10.0 mL) was heated to reflux for 16 hours under anhydrous conditions. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness and the residue was dried in a desiccator under vacuum to 20 afford 2-amino-6-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride as a white powder (1.6 9)- <br><br> 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 8.3 (br), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.22 (dd, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz), 4.37 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.32 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz); FAB MS m/z 167 (M+H). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -94- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 93 <br><br> 5 EXAMPLE M <br><br> Preparation of 2-Aminopyridine-4-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride <br><br> Eta <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> H2trvN' <br><br> HCI <br><br> M <br><br> This compound (M) was prepared by a procedure similar to the 10 procedure for preparing 2-aminopyridine-6-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride of Example L starting from 2-acetylamino-4-methyl-pyridine. 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -95- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 94 <br><br> EXAMPLE 1 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 To the product of Example A (0.5 g, 0.002 mole), the product of <br><br> Example E (0.83 g, 0.002 mole), triethylamine (0.2 g, 0.002 mole), and DMAP (24 mg) in anhydrous DMA (5 mL) was added EDCl (0.38 g, 0.002 mole) at ice bath temperature. The reaction was stirred at room <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -96- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 95 <br><br> EXAMPLE 2 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> NH <br><br> H2 <br><br> TFA <br><br> CI <br><br> 10 <br><br> The titled compound was prepared according to the methodology of <br><br> Example 1, substituting an equivalent amount of the product of Example D for the product of Example E to yield the desired product as a white solid (210 mg). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -97- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 EXAMPLE 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> /~A N-yNH <br><br> 10 To the product of Example C (19.5 g, 0.045 mole) and N- <br><br> methylmorpholine (9.1 g, 0.09 mole) in anhydrous DMA (85 mL) in a flame dried flask under N2 was added isobutylchloroformate (6.2 g, 0.045 mole) slowly at ice bath temperature. The solution was stirred at ice bath temperature for 15 minutes. The product of Example D (15 g, 0.04 mole) 15 was then added at ice bath temperature followed by slow addition of N-methylmorpholine (4.1 g, 0.04 mole). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. To ester in HzO (50 mL)/CH3CN (30 mL) <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -98- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 97 <br><br> EXAMPLE 4 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> ci^ <br><br> 10 The above compound was prepared according to the methodology of Example 3, substituting an equivalent amount of the product of Example E for the product of Example D. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -99- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 98 <br><br> EXAMPLE 5 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 The above compound was prepared according to the methodology of Example 3, substituting an equivalent amount of the product of Example F for the product of Example D. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -100- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 99 <br><br> EXAMPLE 6 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> n <br><br> N^NH <br><br> "tqtW <br><br> 10 The above compound was prepared according to the methodology of Example 3, substituting an equivalent amount of the product of Example B for the product of Example C. <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> EXAMPLE 7 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> OH <br><br> NYNH o <br><br> V-r o, <br><br> To the product of Step 3 of Example 9 (0.6 g, 0.0019 mole) in 20 anhydrous DMA (4 mL) was added isobutylchloroformate (0.27 g, 0.002 mole) at ice bath temperature followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.4 g, 0.0038 mole). The solution was stirred for 15 minutes at ice bath temperature. The product of Example H (0.71 g, 0.0017 mole) was added at ice bath temperature followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.17 g, 0.0017 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -101- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 100 <br><br> 5 mole). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. HPLC analysis indicated product plus significant amount of starting material. <br><br> EDCl (0.38 g, 0.002 mole) and DMAP (15 mg) were added to the reaction mixture and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The ester product was isolated by reverse phase preparatory HPLC. To the 10 ester in HzO (10 mL) and CH3CN (5 mL) was added LiOH (700 mg, 0.017 mole). This was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The pH was lowered to 2 with TFA and the product was isolated by reverse phase preparatory HPLC to yield (after lyophilization) the desired product as a white solid (270 mg). <br><br> 15 MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -102- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 101 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE 8 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> NH <br><br> &lt;° <br><br> n <br><br> A <br><br> co2h <br><br> Q\ • 2 TFA <br><br> To the product of Example K (0.5 g, 0.0022 mole) and N- <br><br> 10 methylmorpholine (0.23 g, 0.0022 mole) in anhydrous DMF (8 mL) was added isobutylchloroformate (0.31 g, 0.0022 mole) at ice bath temperature. After stirring for 5 minutes at ice bath temperature, the product of Example J (0.73 g, 0.0022 mole) and N-methylmorpholine (0.45 g, 0.0045 mole) in anhydrous DMF (8 mL) were added at ice bath temperature in one portion. 15 The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The ester was isolated by reverse phase preparatory HPLC (530 mg). <br><br> To this ester (400 mg) in HzO (10 mL) was added LiOH (91 mg). <br><br> This was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The pH was lowered to 3 with TFA and the product was isolated by reverse phase preparatory HPLC 20 to yield (after lyophilization) the desired product as a white solid (350 mg). <br><br> MS and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -103- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Guanidations of 2-amino-6-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride, and <br><br> 2-amino-4-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride, were carried out using the tris-BOC reagent as illustrated in the depicted schemes in Examples N and O (Kim. S.K., Qian, L., Tetrahedron Lett. 34, 7677, 1993). <br><br> 10 <br><br> Example N <br><br> OEt <br><br> BOC <br><br> To a solution of 2-amino-6-carbethoxypyridine hydrochloride (0.56 is g, 2.8 mmol) and tris-BOC reagent (91.2 g, 2.8 mmol) in degassed DMF (7.0 mL), mercuric chloride (0.76 g, 2.8 mmol), and triethylamine (0.79 g, 7.8 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture was heated at 70°C, under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 24 hours and filtered. DMF was distilled in vacuo, the residue was triturated with ethyl acetate, and filtered. The 20 orange colored filtrate was concentrated and the resulting material was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using ethyl acetate containing 1 % triethylamine as the eluent. The appropriate fractions (blue fluorescent) were combined and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a yellow powder. MS analysis [m/z 565 (M+H)] confirmed 25 the formation of the desired tris-BOC product N. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -104- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 0 OEt <br><br> BOC' + <br><br> NH2.HCI <br><br> 103 <br><br> Example 0 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> BOC <br><br> This compound (O) was prepared using a procedure similar to that of Example N. MS analysis [m/z 565 (M+H)] confirmed the formation of the desired tris-BOC product O. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -105- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 104 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 The following compounds P and Q can be prepared following the conditions set forth in Steps 3-5 of Example 9. <br><br> Example P <br><br> Example Q <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -106- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 105 <br><br> Example R <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 0 <br><br> The above compound was prepared using the procedures described in Example G. The reagent 3-bromo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde was used in Step 2 instead of 3,5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -107- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 106 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -108- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 107 <br><br> EXAMPLE 9 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> To a mechanically stirred suspension of the reagent 1 (18.68 g) in THF (1L) at 0°C was added sodium hydride (19 g of 60% suspension in mineral oil) over 30 minutes. After 30 minutes di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (95 g) was added neat and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux gently for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0°C and quenched with a saturated solution of NaHC03. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extract was washed with water, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was rapidly chromatographed using a small column of silica gel (60 mm x 180 mm) to give the desired product 2 as a thick yellow liquid (68 g). NMR was consistent with the assigned structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> A stirred suspension of 3-amino-pyridine-6-carboxylic acid (25 g) in ethanol (300 mL) at 0°C was saturated with gaseous hydrogen chloride. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23°C and heated to reflux for 2 hours. A clear solution was obtained. After cooling to 23°C, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, neutralized with aqueous NaHC03 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried over MgS04, and concentrated in vacuo to give ethyl 3-amino-pyridine-6-carboxylate as a pale yellow solid. <br><br> A mixture of the product of Step 1 (40.0 g), HgCI2 (25.0 g) triethylamine (27 mL) and ethyl 3-amino-pyridine-6-carboxylate (13 g) and DMF (200 mL) was stirred and heated to 55°C for 30 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 23°C, diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate was washed with water (2 x), dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed over silica gel using ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the desired intermediate 3. NMR was consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -109- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 3 <br><br> A suspension of the product of Step 2 (13 g) in 5N hydrochloric acid (100 mL) was stirred for 16 hours at 23°C. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with methanol and the white solid was filtered to provide the desired product 4. NMR and MS were consistent io with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The product of Step 3 (0.308 g) was suspended in DMF (10 mL) and 4-methylmorpholine (0.2 mL) was added to the suspension. The 15 mixture was stirred at 23°C for 1 hour. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0°C, IBCF (0.129 mL) was added. After % hour, a solution of the product of Example R (0.416 g) and 4-methylmorpholine (0.11 mL) in DMF (3 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23°C over 2 hours. Then the mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue 20 was purified by HPLC to provide 5. Micro-analytical data, NMR and MS were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> 25 A solution of the product of Step 4 in 3.5N HCI was allowed to stand at 23°C for 3 hours, concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by HPLC to provide the desired product. Micro-analytical data, NMR and MS were consistent with the desired product. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C2iH22Br CI N606 • 2CF3C02H • H20: 30 C, 36.80; H, 3.21; N, 10.30 <br><br> Found: C, 36.52; H, 2.90; N, 9.91. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -110- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 109 <br><br> Example 10 <br><br> HO <br><br> OH <br><br> This compound was prepared using the procedure described in Example 9, except that the product of Example G was used instead of the product of Example R in Step 4. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C21H22CI2N6O6.2CF3CO2H. H20: <br><br> C, 38.93; H, 3.40; N, 10.89; Found: C, 39.27; H, 3.12; N, 11.09. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -111- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 110 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 11 <br><br> The compound was prepared as described for Example 9 using the product of Example I instead of the product of Example R in Step 4. Analysis calculated for: C2iH22Br2N606. 2 CF3COOH. H20 <br><br> C, 35.65; H, 2.87; N, 9.98 Found: C, 35.81; H, 2.79; N, 10.14 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -112- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 111 <br><br> EXAMPLE 12 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> Preparation of (3S)-N-[[4-[(1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxy-2-pyrimidinyl)amino]-2-thienyl]carbonyl]glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-p-alanine, trifluoroacetate salt <br><br> Step 1: <br><br> 15 A solution of 5-bromo-2-thiophene carboxylic acid (5.0 g) in concentrated sulfuric acid (30 ml) was chilled to -30°C and treated dropwise with a solution of 70% nitric acid (7.7 ml) (d = 1.40) in concentrated sulfuric acid (30 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -113- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 112 <br><br> 5 minutes at -25°C and then poured over ice water slurry and stirred for a few minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered, recr'ystailized from water and dried to afford a white powder (2.3 g). The 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 10 Step 2: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 1 (1.7 g) in THF (25 ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pd/C under 5 psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was heated with ethyl acetate and 15 filtered to yield a brown solid (750 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 2 (725 mg) and the guanylating reagent G1 in THF (15 ml) and dimethylacetamide (10 ml) was refluxed for 20 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue treated with a solution of TFA (5 ml) and CH2CI2 (5 ml). After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified on reverse phase HPLC using water (0.5% TFA) and acetonitriie gradient as eluant to afford a light yellow thick liquid (300 mg). 25 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> In a flame dried flask under N2 the product from Step 3 (275 mg) was dissolved in 8 ml of dimethylacetamide and N-methylmorpholine (81 30 mg). The stirred solution was chilled to 0°C and treated dropwise with a solution of isobutyl chloroformate (109 mg) in dimethylacetamide (1 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes at 0°C and then treated dropwise with a solution of the product of Example G (286 mg) and N-methylmorpholine (81 mg) in dimethylacetamide (2 ml). The reaction 35 mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -114- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 113 <br><br> 5 residue purified using reverse phase HPLC as described in Step 3 to afford a thick colorless liquid (262 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 4 (250 mg) in methanol (8 ml) 10 and 1N sodium hydroxide solution (8 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with TFA (0.7 ml) and concentrated. The residue was purified using reverse phase HPLC as described in Step 3 to give a white solid (144 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Analysis calculated for C20H21N5O6CI2S • 1.50TFA • 0.25H20: <br><br> C, 39.13; H, 3.28; N, 9.92; S 4.54; CI, 10.04; <br><br> found: C, 38.81; H, 3.17; N, 9.90; S, 4.86; CI, 10.25. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -115- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 114 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE 13 <br><br> Preparation of N-[[4-[(4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-2-thienyl]carbonyl]glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-(3-alanine, trifluoroacetate salt <br><br> N HN H <br><br> 10 <br><br> The above compound was prepared in an analogous sequence of reactions as used in the preparation of the compound described in Example12. The guanylating agent described in Example C (Step 1) was 15 used instead of G1 in Step 3 of Example 12. Similarly, the product of Example D was used instead of the product of Example G in Step 4. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C19H19N5O5CI2S • 1.50TFA • 0.50H2O: <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -116- <br><br> 20 <br><br> C,38.84; H, 3.18; N, 10.29; S, 4.71; CI, 10.42. found: C,38.84; H, 3.01; N, 10.50; S, 5.08; CI, 11.01. <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 115 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -117- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 116 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> (A) was prepared as described in Step 1 of Example 13 using 5-methyl-2-thiophene carboxylic acid (5.2 g). The product was purified by extraction with dilute sodium hydroxide solution, acidification with dilute hydrochloric acid and extraction into ethyl acetate. The organic extract <br><br> 10 was dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to afford a yellowish orange solid (2.2 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> (B) was prepared using the product of Step 1 (2.2 g) and following 15 the coupling conditions as described in Step 4 of Example 12. The reaction was concentrated and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extract was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford a tan solid (3.5 g). 1H-NMR was 20 consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 2 (2.8 g) in THF (25 ml) was treated dropwise with a solution of tin(ll) chloride dihydrate in concentrated 25 hydrochloric acid (1.0 g/2 ml) at room temperature until TLC indicated complete disappearance of the starting material. The organic solvent was removed and the aqueous portion neutralized with sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous portion was extracted with CH2CI2, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated to afford a yellow powder (1.1 g). 1H-NMR was 30 consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> To a solution of the product described in Step 3 (375 mg) and the product of Step 1 of Example 9 (519 mg) in DMF (15 ml), mercuric 35 chloride (326 mg) and triethylamine (182 mg) were added. The mixture was heated at 95-100°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -118- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 treated with ethyl acetate (30 ml), stirred for 30 minutes and then filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified using flash chromatography (eluting with 97.5% CHCI3-2.5% <br><br> CH3OH) to yield a yellowish brown solid (415mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 4 (400 mg) in CH2CI2 (7.5 ml) and TFA (7.5ml) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was stirred into a solution of CH3OH (10 15 ml) and 1N sodium hydroxide solution (10 ml) at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with TFA (0.8 ml) and concentrated. The residue was purified using reverse phase HPLC as previously described to produce a white solid (80 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure 20 Analysis calculated for: C21H23N5O6CI2 • 1.50 TFA • 0.50 H20: <br><br> C, 39.79; H, 3.55; N, 9.67; S, 4.43; C1, 9.79. <br><br> found: C, 39.50; H, 3.24; N, 9.58; S, 4.71; C1, 10.22. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -119- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 118 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE 15 <br><br> Preparation of (3S)-N-[[4-(4,5,-dihydro-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-5-methyl-2-thienyl]carbonyl]glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-p-alanine, trifluoroacetate salt <br><br> The above compound was prepared in an analogous sequence of reactions as used in the preparation of the compound described in Example 14, except the guanylating agent described in Example C (Step 15 1) was used instead of the reagent used in Step 4 of Example 14. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C20H21N5O5CI2S *1.50 TFA • 0.25 H20. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -120- <br><br> 10 <br><br> C, 40.04; H, 3.36; N, 10.15; S, 4.65; CI, 10.28. found: C, 39.82; H, 3.19; N, 10.17; S, 4.86; CI, 10.69. <br><br> 20 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 119 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -121- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 The title compound was synthesized starting with 2-nitro-5- <br><br> thiophene-carboxylic acid utilizing the same sequence of reactions as described in Example 15. For the guanylation reaction, the conditions described in Step G, Example 17 were followed. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C19H19N5O5CI2S • 1.50 TFA. <br><br> 10 C, 39.36; H, 3.08; N, 10.43; S, 4.78: <br><br> found: C, 39.05; H, 2.79; N, 10.37; S, 4.90. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -122- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 121 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> m <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -123- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> A mixture of 6-hydroxynicotinic acid (20 g) and colorless fuming nitric acid (60 ml) (d = 1.50) was heated to 90-95°C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and poured onto 1.5 litre of an ice-water slurry with stirring and then filtered after 15 minutes. The 10 precipitate was washed with water and dried to afford a light yellow powder (9.3 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C6H4N20s: <br><br> C, 39.14; H, 2.19; N, 15.22. <br><br> found: C, 39.08; H, 2.17; N, 15.19. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> A mixture of the product from Step 1 (5.0 g) and phosphorus oxychloride (15 ml) was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and added to an ice-water mixture and stirred 20 for 30 minutes. Additional ice was added to keep the mixture cold during this period. The reaction mixture was extracted with a THF-ether (1:2) <br><br> mixture and the organic extracts washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from 1:1 ether-hexane to yield a yellow powder (4.0 g). 1H-NMR was 25 consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 2 (1.6 g) in thionyl chloride (5.0 ml) was refluxed for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room 30 temperature and evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dried under vaccuum and used without further purification. In a flame dried flask under nitrogen, the product of Example D (3.0 g) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (30 ml) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.3 g). The solution was chilled in an ice bath and a solution of the acid chloride (as 35 obtained above) in THF (20 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred and allowed to warm to room temperature and then quenched with <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -124- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 123 <br><br> 5 water (25 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic extracts washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The resulting yellow solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford a light yellow powder (3.4 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 4; <br><br> To a suspension of sodium methoxide (2.2 g) in methanol (30 ml) was added dropwise at 0°C a solution of the product of Step 3 (4.5 g) in methanol (30 ml). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then <br><br> 15 quenched with acetic acid (2.3 ml). The reaction was concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extracts were dried (Na2S04), concentrated, and purified on a silica gel column (eluting with 80% ethyl acetate -20% hexane) to produce a light yellow solid (3.5 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> A solution of the product described in Step 4 (1.07 g) in ethanol (25 ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 3% Pt/C poisoned with sulfur under a 5 psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 4 hours. <br><br> 25 The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to yield a white solid (930 mg) which was used without further purification. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> Step 6: <br><br> 30 To a solution of the product of Step 5 (330 mg), G2 (276 mg) in DMF <br><br> (10 mL) was added triethylamine (150 mg) and mercuric chloride (258 mg) and the mixture heated at 85°C under nitrogen for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled, treated with ethyl acetate (25 ml) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified on a silica gel column eluting with <br><br> 35 98% CH2CI2 - 2% methanol to afford white solid (325 mg). 1H-NMRwas consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -125- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 124 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step 7: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 6 (114 mg), TFA (8ml) and 10 methylene chloride (8mL) was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes. The solvent was evaporated and the residue treated with a solution of 1N sodium hydroxide (8 mL) and methanol (8mL) at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with TFA (1mL) and concentrated. The residue was purified using reverse phase HPLC as previously 15 described to afford a white solid (76 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C21H22N6O6CI2 • 2TFA: <br><br> C, 41.74; H, 3.88; N, 12.70. <br><br> found: C, 41.47; H, 3.49; N, 12.85. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -126- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 125 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> iO <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -127- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 126 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> A suspension of the product from Example 17, Step 1 (12.0 g) in methanol (200 ml) was treated with concentrated sulfuric acid (1 ml) and brought to reflux. After refluxing for 16 hours, the reaction mixture became a homogenous solution and was allowed to cool to room temperature. 10 Approximately one half of the solvent was removed at which point the product crystallized from solution. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath, filtered and dried to afford a yellow powder (16.7 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure.. <br><br> 15 Step 2: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 1 (2.6 g) in DMF (40 ml) was chilled to 0°C under N2 and treated with a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (655 mg). The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 45 minutes and then treated with iodomethane (2.8 g) in one portion. The 20 reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous portion was extracted several times with additional ethyl acetate and then the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel 25 column (eluting with 2% methanol-98% methylene chloride) to yield a yellow solid (1.9 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 2 (2.6 g), methanol (60 ml) and 30 2N sodium hydroxide solution (60 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with glacial acetic acid (6.9 ml) and concentrated. The residue was dried under high vacuum. This material was then refluxed with thionyl chloride (100 ml) under nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled, concentrated and dried thoroughly under high 35 vacuum to afford a tan solid (2.2 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. In a flame dried flask under nitrogen, the product of <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -128- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 127 <br><br> 5 Example D (3.5 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (35 ml) and diisopropylethylamine (2.9 ml). The solution was chilled to 0°C and treated with a solution of the acid chloride (1.9 g) (as obtained above) in THF (35 ml). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then concentrated under high vacuum to remove the solvents. The residue was 10 partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the aqueous portion was extracted several times with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water several times and then washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to produce a yellow solid (1.3 g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the 15 proposed structure.. <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 3 (1.0 g) in THF (10 ml) and DMF (10 ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pt/C under a 5 psi 20 atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in minimal amount of THF and allowed to crystallize slowly at room temperature. An equal volume of ethyl acetate was added to the crystallized mixture and digested for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled, 25 filtered and washed with cold ethyl acetate. The product was dried to afford a white solid (730 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> 30 To a solution of the product from Step 4 (720 mg) and G2 (581 mg) <br><br> in DMF (25 ml), triethylamine (304 mg) and mercuric chloride (544 mg) <br><br> were added and the mixture heated at 85°C under nitrogen for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified on a silica gel column (eluting with 35 10% methanol-90% chloroform) to yield a white solid (375 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -129- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 128 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 6: <br><br> The above compound was prepared from the compound prepared in Step 5 (360 mg) utilizing the procedure described in Example 14 (Step 5). The crude product was purified using reverse phase HPLC as previously 10 outlined to yield a white solid (223 mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C2iH22N606CI2» 2.5TFA • 0.5H20: <br><br> C, 38.11; H, 3.14; N, 10.26; CI, 8.65. <br><br> found: C, 38.18; H, 3.05; N, 10.79, CI, 9.34. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -130- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 129 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE 19 <br><br> N-[[6-chloro-5-[(4,5,-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl]-glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-p-alanine, (trifluoroacetate) salt, monohydrate <br><br> A solution of tin(ll) chloride (6.3 g) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (10 ml) was prepared and was added dropwise to a solution of the product 15 from Step 3, Examplel 7 (1.0 g) in THF (15 ml). The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at which time the reaction had cooled back to room temperature. The organic solvent was removed to give a gummy precipitate. The aqueous portion was decanted and the gummy precipitate partitioned between ethyl acetate and dilute sodium bicarbonate solution. 20 The aqueous portion was extracted several times with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were then washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2SC&gt;4) and concentrated. The residue was dried under vaccuum to afford a tan powder (375 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 25 <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> The compound described in Step 1 (365 mg) was guanylated utilizing the methodology outlined in Step 5, Examplel 8. The crude product was purified on a silica gel column (eluting with 2% methanol -30 98% chloroform) to yield a brownish thick liquid (205 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 1: <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -131- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 130 <br><br> 5 Step 3: <br><br> The title compound was prepared using the product of Step 2 (200 mg) and following the procedure described in Step 7, Example 17. The crude product was purified using the reverse phase HPLC as previously described to afford a white solid (53 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the 10 proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C20H19N6O5CI3 *1.7 TFA • I.O H20: <br><br> C, 37.90; H, 3.09; N, 11.33; CI, 14.34. <br><br> found: C, 37.53; H, 2.71; N, 11.33; CI, 15.01. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -132- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 131 <br><br> 5 EXAMPLE 20 <br><br> N-[[5-[(4,5,-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-3-pyridinyl]-carbonyl]glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-P-alanine, (trifluoroacetate) salt <br><br> 10 <br><br> The above compound was prepared by dissolving the product from Example 17, Step 6 (353 mg) in a 6N solution of hydrochloric acid (50 ml) at room temperature for 48 hours. The reaction was concentrated and the 15 residue purified using reverse phase HPLC as previously described to afford a white solid (115 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C2oH2oNe06Cl2 • 1.25 TFA: <br><br> C, 41.33; H, 3.28; N, 12.85. <br><br> 20 found: C, 41.57; H, 3.29; N, 12.92. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -133- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 132 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -134- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 133 <br><br> 5 The starting material used in the preparation of the title compound was synthesized utilizing the sequence of reactions described in Example 17 (Steps 1-3). Instead of the product of Example D the chiral intermediate of Example G was utilized in the coupling reaction detailed in Step 3. <br><br> 10 Step 1: <br><br> (A) was prepared using the procedure given in Step 4, Example 17. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> 15 A solution of the material from Step 1 (2.7 g) in 4N anhydrous <br><br> HCI/dioxane (100 ml) was warmed to 45°C under N2 for 72 hours. The reaction was concentrated to dryness to afford a light brown solid (2.6 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 2 (1.85 g) in ethanol (50 ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pt/C under a 5 psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated and the residue purified using reverse phase 25 HPLC to yield a white solid (507 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> To a solution of the product from Step 3 (500 mg) and the product of 30 Step 1 of Example 4 (650 mg) in DMF (15 fnl), triethylamine (304 mg) and mercuric chloride (408 mg) were added and the mixture heated to 100°C for 2 hours under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred with ethyl acetate (30 ml) for 15 minutes and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue treated with a 35 solution of TFA (7 ml) and CH2CI2 (7 ml) at room temperature for one hour. The mixture was concentrated and the residue purified using reverse <br><br> Printed, from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -135- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 134 <br><br> phase HPLC as previously described to afford a white solid (400 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 4 (200 mg), 1N sodium 10 hydroxide (8 ml) and methanol (8 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with TFA (1 ml) and concentrated. The residue was purified using reverse phase HPLC as previously described to yield a white solid (79 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Analysis calculated for C2iH22N607CI2 • 1.5 TFA: <br><br> C, 40.46; H, 3.32; N, 11.80. <br><br> found: C, 40.12; H, 3.57; N, 12.26. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 <br><br> page <br><br> -136- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 135 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -137- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 136 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> To a solution of 2-hydroxynicotinic acid (10. Og, 71.9 mmol) in concentrated sulfuric acid (28.6 ml), was added fuming nitric acid (7.1 ml) in a dropwise fashion. The reaction mixture was heated at 55°C for 4 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water. The 10 product precipitated as a yellow solid. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and air dried to yield the desired product (7.2 g, 54% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> 15 A solution of the product of Step 1 (5.0 g, 27.2 mmol) in phosphorus oxychloride (13.5 g) was refluxed for 4.5 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was poured onto ice water (200 g). The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and extracted with tetrahydrofuran/ethyl acetate (2/1). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, and 20 filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give an oil. The oil was treated with a mixture of hexane/ether (4/1) to give the desired product as a fine yellow powder (5.0 g, 91% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 25 Step 3: <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 2 (3.1 g, 15.3 mmol) in thionyl chloride (8.1 ml) was refluxed for 4.5 hours. The remaining thionyl chloride was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure to give a pale brown oil. This oil was dried under vacuum to give the product as a 30 yellow solid (2.7 g, 79% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> Diisopropylethylamine (3.7 g, 4.9 ml) was added to a solution of the 35 product of Example D ( 5.5 g, 14.8 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (40 ml) and tetrahydrofuran (15 ml) and the reaction mixture cooled to -5° C. A <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -138- <br><br> WO 99/52896 „„„ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 137 <br><br> 5 solution of the product of Step 3 (3.1 g, 14.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) was added to the reaction over 15 minutes. The reaction was stirred at -5° C for 30 minutes and allowed to warm to room temperature. After 3 hours, tetrahydrofuran was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water. The 10 precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried in air to give the product as a yellow solid (6.2g, 85% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> 15 A solution of the product of Step 4 (4.0 g, 7.7 mmol) and sodium methoxide (1.67 g, 30.8 mmol) in methanol (45 ml) was stirred at 0°C for 4 hours. The reaction was neutralized with acetic acid. Methanol was removed from the reaction mixture and the crude mixture was purified by chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate-toluene, 6/4) to give the desired 20 product as a yellow solid (2.5 g, 67% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 6: <br><br> A mixture of the product of Step 5 (0.99 g, 1.9 mmol), 3% platinum 25 on carbon, and methanol was treated with H2 gas under 5 psi at room temperature for 16 hours. Platinum catalyst was removed by filtration. Methanol was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a yellow solid (0.62 g, 70% yield). This was used in the next reaction without further purification. NMR was consistent with the 30 proposed structure. <br><br> Step 7: <br><br> A mixture of the product of Step 6 (0.26g, 0.54 mmol), G2 ( 0.18 g, 0.59 mmol), triethylamine (0.25 g, 1.78 mmol), mercury(ll) chloride (0.16 g, 35 0.59 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (15 ml) was heated at 90-5°C for 16 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a short celite <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -139- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 138 <br><br> 5 column with ethyl acetate (40 ml) and then dichloromethane (30 ml). The crude mixture was chromatographed (silica gel, CH2CI2-CH3OH-NH4OH, 95/5/0.5) to give the product as a yellow solid (0.31 g, 76% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 10 Step 8: <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 7 (0.31 g, 0.41 mmol), <br><br> trifluoroacetic acid ( 3.5 ml), and dichloromethane (7.0ml) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Trifluoroacetic acid and dichloromethane were removed under reduced pressure and the crude mixture was treated <br><br> 15 with methanol (5 ml) and sodium hydroxide solution (2N, 2.5 ml) for 18 hours at room temperature. Acetic acid was added to netrualize sodium hydroxide. Methanol was removed to give a crude mixture. The crude mixture was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give the above compound as a white solid (0.10 g, 36% yield). <br><br> 20 Analysis calculated for C2iH22N606Cl2*1.3CF3CC)OH*0.25H20: <br><br> C, 41.80; H, 3.54; N, 12.39; CI, 10.46; <br><br> Found: C, 42.12; H, 3.84; N, 11.87; CI, 10.99. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -140- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 139 <br><br> 5 EXAMPLE 23 <br><br> Preparation of N-[[5-(4,5,-dihydro-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-3-pyridinyl]-carbonyl]glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-p-alanine, (trifluoroacetate) salt <br><br> 10 <br><br> A solution of the product (0.21 g, 0.28 mmol) of Step 7, Example 22, in dioxane (4 ml) was treated with 6N HCI ( 6 ml) at room temperature for 72 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the 15 crude mixture purified on a reverse phase HPLC using acetonirtile-water as eluent to give the desired compound as an off white solid (0.052 g, 27% yield). <br><br> Analysis calculated for C2oH2oN606CI2»1.6CF3COOH: <br><br> C, 40.17; H, 3.14; N, 12.11; <br><br> 20 found: C, 40.10; H, 3.22; N, 11.84. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -141- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 140 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -142- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ... PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 141 <br><br> 5 The Steps 1 and 2 in the synthesis of the target compound were carried out following the literature procedures (Justus Liebigs. Ann. Chem, 512, 97, 1934 and J. Heterocyclic Chem. 21, 737, 1994 respectively). <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> 10 To a solution of the product of Step 2 (0.9 g, 5.3 mmol) and G2 (1.9 <br><br> g, 5.9 mmol) in DMF (25 ml), triethylamine (2.5 ml, 17.6 mmol) and mercuric chloride (1.6 g, 5.9 mmol) were added. After heating the mixture at 80-85°C for 18 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled and filtered through a celite column. The residue was washed with methylene chloride 15 and the combined fractions concentrated. The residue was redissolved in methylene chloride and washed with water and brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The crude orange solid (1.8 g) was purified using silica gel chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate 1/1) to give the N-Boc protected product as an off-20 white solid (1.4 g). <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> To a solution of the product of Step 3 (2.4 g, 5.5 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml), aqueous lithium hydroxide (526 mg in 5 ml water) was added. The 25 reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Acetic acid (22 ml) was added to the reaction and the mixture stirred for 15 miniutes. After removal of the solvent under reduced pressure, the crude mixture was purified on a reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water containing trifluoroacetic acid) to give the product as a TFA salt as a thick white 30 liquid. The residue was treated with hydrogen chloride (4M solution in dioxane) and stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction was concentrated to remove the solvent and the process repeated twice to give the desired product as a white solid (3.9 g). The product was used in the next Step without further purification. <br><br> 35 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -143- <br><br> WO 99/52896 „PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 142 <br><br> 5 Step 5: <br><br> To a solution of the of the product of Step 4 (0.9 g, 3.7 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) at 0°C, N-methylmorpholine (605 ml, 5.5 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (475 ml, 3.7 mmol) were added sequentially. After stirring for 5 minutes, a solution of the product of Step D in DMF (10 ml) containing 10 N-methylmorpholine (605 ml, 5.5 mmol) was injected into the reaction. The mixture was allowed to stir at 0°C for 1 hour and at room temperature for 36 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified on a reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water containing trifluoroacetic acid) to give the product (525 mg) as a TFA salt. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 6: <br><br> To a solution of the product of Step 5 (540 mg, 1 mmol) in ethanol (50 ml), aqueous lithium hydroxide (144 mg in 10 ml water) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Acetic 20 acid (305 ml) was added to the reaction and the mixture stirred for 15 minutes. After removal of the solvent under reduced pressure, the crude mixture was purified on a reverse phase HPLC (acetonitrile/water containing trifluoroacetic acid) to give the desired product (486 mg, 75% yield) as a TFA salt. <br><br> 25 Analysis calculated for C19H21N7O5CI2.1.5CF3C02H: <br><br> C, 39.48; H, 3.39; N, 14.65. <br><br> Found: C, 39.29; H, 3.14; N, 14.72. <br><br> NMR and MS were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -144- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 143 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> EXAMPLE 25 <br><br> Preparation of N-[[5-[(4l5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-yl)amino]-1 H-pyrazol-3-yl]carbonyl]-glycyl-3-(3,5-dichloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-p-alanine, (trifluoroacetate) salt <br><br> The compound was synthesized as in the Example 24 utilizing benzylhydrazine instead of methylhydrazine in Step 2. The resulting N-benzyl pyrazole compound was deprotected in the last Step using catalytic 15 hydrogenation conditions (5% Pd/C, 20 psi, room temperature, 26 hours). This reaction was carried out using acetic acid-trifluoroacetic acid (4/1) as the solvent. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C18H19N7O5CI2 .1.75CF3C02H. 1.25H20: <br><br> / \ <br><br> 10 <br><br> 20 <br><br> C, 36.56; H, 3.32; N, 13.88. found: C, 36.35; H, 2.96; N, 14.28. <br><br> NMR and MS were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 <br><br> page -145- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 144 <br><br> Example 26 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> o. <br><br> OH <br><br> HO <br><br> OH <br><br> Br <br><br> The above compound was prepared as described in Example 9 10 except the product of Example S was used instead of the product of Example R in Step 4. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C2iH22BrlNe06. 2 CF3COOH. 0.25 H20 C, 33.60; H, 2.76; N, 9.40 Found C, 34.23; H, 2.35; N, 9.72 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -146- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 145 <br><br> Example 27 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> The starting material needed in this preparation was synthesized 10 utilizing the procedure of Example 21, Step 1. <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> A solution of the starting material (1.4 g) in ethanol (50 ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pt/C under 5 psi pressure of 15 hydrogen at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and dried to afford a white solid (1.1 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 20 The compound 2 was prepared by following the experimental procedure given in Step 4 of Example 21. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> 25 The ester group of compound 2 was hydrolyzed following the experimental procedure given in Step 5 of Example 21. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -147- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 146 <br><br> 5 Analysis calculated for C22H24N6O7CI2 .1.50 TFA. 0.25 H20. <br><br> C, 41.08; H, 3.59; N, 11.50. <br><br> Found: C, 41.03; H, 3.69; N, 11.45. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -148- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 147 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 148 <br><br> 5 The starting material needed in this preparation was prepared as described in Step 1, Example 18. <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> The compound I was prepared following the procedure given in 10 Step 2 of Example 18 except that 2-methoxyethoxymethyl chloride was used as the alkylating agent instead of iodomethane. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 15 A solution of the product described in Step 1 (4.6 g) in methanol (50 <br><br> ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pt/C under 5 psi pressure of hydrogen at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated and dried to afford a viscous oil (4.3 g). 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> A portion of the product of Step 2 (2.0 g) was guanylated using the reaction conditions described in Step 4 of Example 21 to afford the product 3_as a viscous golden oil (890 mg). 1H-NMR was consistent with the 25 proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The ester group from the product 3 was hydrolyzed using the experimental procedure given in Step 5 of Example 21. 1H-NMR was 30 consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> The product of Step 4 was coupled to the product of Example I following the procedure given in Step 4 of Example 12. 1H-NMR was 35 consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -150- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 149 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step. 6 <br><br> The ester group from the product of Step 5 was hydrolyzed following the procedure given in Step 5 of Example 21. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 10 Analysis calculated for C25H3iN609Br2 • 1.75TFA ■ 0.25 HzO: <br><br> C, 37.07; H, 3.63; N.9.10. <br><br> Found: C, 36.86; H, 3r66; N, 9.39. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -151- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 150 <br><br> EXAMPLE 29 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> OH OH <br><br> 10 The product of Step 5 of Example 28 was used as the starting material in this procedure. <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> A portion (425 mg) of the starting material was treated with saturated 15 anhydrous HCI in ethanol (10 ml) at room temperature for four hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the product was used in the next step without purification. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 20 The ester group from the crude product of Step 1 was hydrolyzed following the procedure in Step 5 of Example 21. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -152- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Analysis calculated for C2iH22N607Br2 • 1.75TFA ■ 0.25 H20: <br><br> C, 35.27; H, 2.93; N, 10.07. <br><br> Found: C, 35.21; H, 3.16; N, 10.27. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -153- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 152 <br><br> Example S <br><br> H <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> C02Et hci 0 ,rxW'0H <br><br> io The above compound was prepared following the procedures described for Example G,. In step 2A, 3-iodo-5-bromosalicylaldehyde was used instead of 3, 5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -154- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 153 <br><br> Example T <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> H <br><br> h2N/x^| <br><br> C <br><br> CI <br><br> C02Et .OH <br><br> Br <br><br> The above compound was prepared following the procedures described for Example G. In step 2A, 3-bromo-5-chlorosalicylaldehyde was used instead of 3, 5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde. Similarly, in step 2B, R-phenylglycinol was used instead of S-phenylglycinol. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -155- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 154 <br><br> Example U <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> N Vv^C02Et <br><br> ■A, <br><br> 10 <br><br> The above compound was prepared following the procedures described for Example D. The racemic mixture obtained in step 2 was resolved as described below. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -156- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 155 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> t <br><br> Y <br><br> C02Et OH <br><br> Step 1: <br><br> To the racemic amino ester hydrochloride (50. 0 g, 158.9 mmol) obtained from Step 2 , example D, in CH2CI2 (500 mL) and water (380 mL) was added 10 NaHC03(38.2 g, 454.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes with vigorous gas evolution. A solution of benzyl chloroformate (43.4 g, 222.8 mmol) in CH2CI2(435 mL) was added over 20 minutes with rapid stirring. After 40 minutes, the reaction mixture was poured into a separatory funnel and the organic solution collected. The aqueous phase was washed with 15 CH2CI2 (170 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (MgS04) and <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -157- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 156 <br><br> 5 concentrated in vacuo. The resulting gummy solid was triturated with hexane and collected by filtration. The tan solid was dried in vacuo to give the desired racemic product, <br><br> (62.9 g, 96%. yield). This material was subjected to reverse phase HPLC using a chiral column to give each pure enantiomer, A and B. The column employed 10 was a Whelk-0 (R,R), 10 micron particle size using a 90:10 heptane:ethanol mobile phase. Optical purity was determined to be &gt;98% using analytical HPLC with similar solvent and conditions. *H NMR was consistent with proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Step 2A <br><br> To a solution of Enantiomer A, Step 1 (57.9 g, 140.4 mmol) in CH2CI2(600 mL) was added trimethylsilyl iodide (33.7 g, 168.5 mmol) in CH2Clz(125 mL) via 20 canula. The orange solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. <br><br> Methanol (27.3 mL, 674.1 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo to give an orange oil. The residue was dissolved in methyl /-butyl ether (670 mL) and extracted with 1M HCI (420 mL) and water (1 X230 mL, 1 X 130 mL). The aqueous 25 extracts were back washed with MTBE (130 mL). To the aqueous solution was added solid NaHCOa (52.9 g, 630 mmol) in small portions. The basified aqueous mixture was extracted with MTBE (1 X 1.2 L, 2 X 265 mL). The combined organic solution was washed with brine and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product, (28.6 g, 73% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with proposed 30 structure. <br><br> OH <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -158- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 157 <br><br> 5 Step 2B <br><br> C02Et <br><br> OH <br><br> CI <br><br> CI <br><br> To a solution of the Enantiomer B, Step 1, the compound of Example 1 (38.5 g, 93.4 mmol) in CH2CI2 (380 mL) was added trimethylsilyl iodide (25.0 g, 10 125.0 mmol) in CH2CI2 (80 mL) via canula. The orange solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Methanol (20.0 mL, 500.0 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution stirred for 20 minutes. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo to give an orange oil. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (450 mL) and extracted with 1M HCI (320 mL) and water (1 X 200 15 mL, 1 X 100 mL). The aqueous extracts were back washed with diethyl ether (100 mL). To the aqueous solution was added solid NaHC03(40.1 g, 478 mmol) in small portions. The basified aqueous mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (1 X 1.0 L, 2 X 200 mL). The combined organic solution was washed with brine and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product (20.8 g, 80% yield). 20 Anal, calculated for CHH13CI2NO3: <br><br> C, 47.50; H, 4.71; N, 5.04. <br><br> Found: C, 47.11; H, 4.66; N, 4.93. <br><br> The product of step 2B was converted to the target intermediate by using 25 the reagents and conditions described in steps 4 and 5 of example G. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -159- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 158 <br><br> Example V <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> n <br><br> N V^C02Et <br><br> °xx° <br><br> HC, - ' - "0H <br><br> The above compound was prepared following the procedures described in Example G. In step 2A, 5-bromo-3-iodobenzaldehyde was used instead of 3, 10 5-dichlorosalicylaldehyde. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -160- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 30 <br><br> 10 Step 1. <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> Yn <br><br> NH <br><br> OCH? <br><br> OCH, <br><br> 15 To a stirred solution of methyl 4-methoxy-2-aminopicolinate (602 mg,3.3 <br><br> mmol) (JACS.78, 4130,1956) in CH2CI2 (20ml), was added benzoylisothiocyanate (1 ml, Aldrich), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes. The mixture was diluted with ether (20 ml). The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and solid was filtered and washed with 20 ether and dried to give the desired compound (828 mg, 73.27% yield) as white solid: 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with proposed structure <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -161- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 160 <br><br> 5 Step 2. <br><br> Preparation of h <br><br> O <br><br> s i <br><br> yNyN <br><br> och3 <br><br> nh2 ^ <br><br> och3 <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 1 (750 mg,2.17 mmol) in <br><br> 10 methanol (30 ml), under nitrogen atmosphere was added NaOMe (538 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was quenched with glacial acetic acid (0.575 ml), and was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The solid was filtered under vacuum, washed with cold methanol and dried to give the desired compound (385 mg, 73% yield) as 15 white solid: 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 2 (364 mg, 1.5 mmol) in methanol (20 ml), was added iodomethane (0.25 ml). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and was concentrated to give the desired compound (560 mg) as white solid: 1H 25 NMR: 300MHz was consistent with proposed structure. <br><br> OCH3 <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -162- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 161 <br><br> 5 Step 4 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> O <br><br> OCH3 <br><br> HO <br><br> TFA <br><br> OCH3 <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 3 (500 mg,1.30 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (10 ml), was added 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane (123 mg, 10 1.37 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 90° C for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (228 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Step 5 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 20 and THF (3ml), was added 1N NaOH solution (3 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield an oily gum which was taken up in water (2ml), and was neutralized with 1N HCI (3 ml). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (228 25 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> OCH3 <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 4 (200 mg) in methanol (3 ml), <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -163- <br><br> WO 99/52896 Step 6 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 162 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> H <br><br> 0 <br><br> H <br><br> HO' <br><br> C02C2H5 •OH <br><br> Br <br><br> TFA <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 5 (151.25 mg, 0.5 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (5 ml) was added 4-methylmorpholine (202 mg,2 mmol), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (67 mg, 0.5 mmol), and, the amino ester product of Example R (208.5 mg, 0.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was treated with 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide (96 mg, 0.5 mmol), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (10 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (1ml) and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (42 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR: 400MHz was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -164- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 163 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 7 <br><br> reparation of <br><br> H <br><br> 0 <br><br> H <br><br> HO' <br><br> C02H ■OH <br><br> Br <br><br> TFA <br><br> 10 <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 6 (35 mg) in methanol (3 ml), <br><br> and THF (3ml), was added 1N NaOH solution (3 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield an oily gum which was taken up in water (2ml), and neutralized with 1N HCI (3 ml). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product 15 which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (22mg) as a white solid. 1H NMR: 400MHz was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis Calculated for: C22H24N607BrCr2TFA,0 5H20: <br><br> 20 <br><br> C,37.22;H,3.25;N, 10.04 Found: C,36.91;H,3.17;N, 10.02 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -165- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 164 <br><br> Example 31 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> HO <br><br> H 0 <br><br> H <br><br> C02H •OH <br><br> 0 <br><br> CI <br><br> TFA <br><br> Br <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> O <br><br> OH <br><br> HO ^ Y 0 <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 4 of Example 30 (900 mg) in <br><br> 15 glacial acetic acid (10ml) was added 48 % HBr (10 ml). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours The mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (720 mg) as an oily gum. 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent 20 with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -166- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 165 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> O <br><br> H <br><br> HO <br><br> CO2C2H5 •OH <br><br> Br <br><br> TFA <br><br> To a stirred solution of the product of Step 1 (720 mg, 1.7 mmol) in N,N- <br><br> 10 dimethylacetamide (10 ml) was added 4-methylmorpholine (520 mg, 5.2 mmol), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (221 mg, 1.71 mmol), and the amino ester product of Example R (710 mg, 1.71 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was treated with 1 -[3-(dimethylamino)propyl-3-ethylcarbodiimide (211mg, 1.7 mmol), and 4-15 (dimethylamino)pyrdine (10 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (1ml) and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (182 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with the proposed 20 structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H <br><br> O <br><br> H <br><br> HO' <br><br> C02H •OH <br><br> Br <br><br> TFA <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -167- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 166 <br><br> 5 To a stirred solution of the product of Step 2 (100 mg) in methanol (3 ml), <br><br> and THF (3ml), was added 1N NaOH solution (3 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield an oily gum which was taken up in water (2ml), and neutralized with 1N HCI (3 ml). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which 10 was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the desired compound (42 mg) as a white solid. 1H NMR: 300MHz was consistent with the proposed structure. Analysis Calculated for C2iH22N607BrCI 1.5TFA.0 5H20: <br><br> C,37.64;H,3.22;N, 10.97 Found: C,37.56;H,3.05;N, 10.99 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -168- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 167 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 32 <br><br> To a solution of the product of Step 3, Example 9 (860 mg, 2.45 mmol) 10 and the product of Example T (1.0 g, 2.41 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (24 mL) at 0 °C was added HOBT (358 mg, 2.64 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.6 mL, 5.15 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred for 15 minutes and EDC (470 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue partitioned 15 between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was purified by RP HPLC (90:10 water/TFA:MeCN starting gradient, retention time 22.5 min) to give the desired coupled product along with recovered Compound B (480 mg). This material (compound B) was treated with 20 1M aqueous NaOH (6mL) and stirred for 3 hours. The solution was acidified to pH 4 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -169- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 168 <br><br> with TFA. The mixture was purified by RP HPLC (95:5 water/TFA:MeCN starting gradient, retention time 24.5 min) to give the desired product (160 mg, 8 % yield for the two steps). <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C2iH22BrCIN506 + 2.4 TFA: <br><br> C, 36.74; H, 2.92; N, 9.96. <br><br> Found: C, 36.83; H, 3.07; N, 9.88. <br><br> ^ NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -170- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 169 <br><br> Example 33 <br><br> S <br><br> Boc <br><br> .Boc <br><br> CO2CH3 5%Pd/CNH2 ... CO2CH3 <br><br> HO %N <br><br> 1) Coupling <br><br> AiNHj <br><br> 2) Hydrolysis <br><br> O <br><br> O <br><br> 10 Step 1 <br><br> A solution of the material from Step 2, Example 18 (5.72g) in THF (80ml) was treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pd/C under a 5psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and 15 the residue washed with DMF (250ml). The filtrate was concentrated and the residue treated with ether, filtered, and air dried to afford a brown powder (4.9g) which was used directly in the next step without further purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 Step 2 <br><br> The material from Step 1 (500mg) was guanylated using the tris boc reagent and the conditions described in Step 4 of Example 21 to afford the <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -171- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 170 <br><br> 5 desired product (128mg) as a golden glass. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> 10 The ester group from the product of Step 2 was hydrolyzed using the experimental procedure given in Step 5 of Example 21. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C11H14N4O4.I.5TFA <br><br> C, 38.45; H, 3.57; N, 12.81. <br><br> 15 Found: C, 38.32; H, 3.77; N, 12.80. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared utilizing the same methodology as 20 described in Step 4, Example 12 by coupling the product described in Step 3 with the product of Example R. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> 25 <br><br> The ester group from the product in Step 4 was hydrolyzed utilizing the same procedure as described in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent for the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C2iH22N607BrCI.1.5TFA.0.25H20 30 C,37.86; H, 3.18; N, 11.04; CI, 4.66; Br, 10.50. <br><br> Found: C, 37.60; H, 3.26; N, 11.20; CI, 4.79; Br, 10.19 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -172- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 171 <br><br> Example 34 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> io The above compound was prepared utilizing the methodology described in Example 33. In Step 4, the product of Example H was used instead of the product of Example R. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C2iH22N607BrCI.2.0TFA.0.5H20 C, 36.49; H, 3.06; N, 10.21 15 Found C,36.10, H, 2. 83; N, 10.29 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -173- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 172 <br><br> Example 35 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> io The above compound was prepared utilizing the methodology described in Example 33. In Step 4, the product of Example V was used instead of the product of Example R. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C2iH22N606Br2l.75TFA. <br><br> C,35.76; H, 3.03; N, 10.21. <br><br> 15 Found: C 35.58; H,3.07; N, 10.61. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -174- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 173 <br><br> Example 36 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Boc« <br><br> ,Boc <br><br> H2N. <br><br> „co2ch3 <br><br> "N N' <br><br> O^N <br><br> 1) <br><br> 2) Hydrolysis <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -175- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 174 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> The product from Step 1 of Example 33 (261 mg) was guariylated using the bis-boc reagent G2 and the reaction conditions described in Step 5 of Example 18 to afford the product as a white solid (207mg). This material was io then saponified using the experimental conditions described in Step 5, Example 21. The 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared utilizing the same methodology as 15 described in Step 4 of Example 12. The product described in Step 1 was coupled with the product of Example I. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> 20 The ester group from the product in Step 2 was hydrolyzed utilizing the same procedure as described in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C2oH2oN606Br21.75TFA 0.25H20 <br><br> C, 35.10; H, 2.79; N, 10.45 25 Found: C, 34.85; H, 2.59; N, 10.62. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -176- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> Example 37 <br><br> o2nv cho <br><br> 175 <br><br> AgNOj NaOH H,0 <br><br> 02n_ <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> ,c02h <br><br> CH,I <br><br> K2CO} <br><br> °2N\ C02CH3 5%pd/C/S <br><br> h2N. <br><br> co2ch3 <br><br> PhCON=C=S <br><br> 5 <br><br> I A <br><br> phcnh nh. <br><br> co2ch3 <br><br> h2n hn <br><br> NaOCH3 CH-iOH <br><br> C02Me <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -177- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 17o <br><br> 5 Step 1 <br><br> 2-nitrothiophene-4-carboxaldehyde (5.0g) was suspended in water (100ml) at room temperature and a solution of sodium hydroxide (5.2g) in water (50ml) was added in one portion. The black reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was 10 acidified with 1N HCI solution and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to afford a light yellow solid (5.0g) which was used without further purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> The product from Step 1 (2.5g) was stirred with potassium carbonate (2.0g) and methyl iodide (2.2g) in DMF (30ml) at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the 20 layers separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and then the combined organic extracts were washed with water, saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The dark colored residue was purified on a silica gel column with 15% ethyl acetate-85% hexane to yield a yellow solid (950mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the 25 proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> The product obtained in Step 2 (2.0g) was dissolved in methanol (50ml) and treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pd/C under a 50psi atmosphere of 30 hydrogen at 60°C for 32 hours. The reaction was cooled and filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 25% ethyl acetate-75% hexane to afford a light yellow solid (920mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -178- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 177 <br><br> 5 Step 4 <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 3 (900mg) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20ml) and treated with benzoyl isothiocyanate (947mg) in one portion at room temperature. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and the precipitate filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and air dried to yield a light yellow solid 10 (1.51 g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> The product obtained in Step 4 of Example 35 was dissolved in methanol (70ml) and treated with sodium methoxide (1.3g) portionwise at room 15 temperature. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and then quenched with glacial acetic acid (1,4g). The reaction was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concetrated 20 to yield a light yellow powder (900mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 6 <br><br> The product from Step 5 (900mg) was dissolved in methanol (20ml) and 25 treated with methyl iodide (1,4g). The reaction was refluxed for 2 hours and then cooled and concentrated. The residue was treated with ether, filtered and air dried to produce a white solid (1.27g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 30 Step 7 <br><br> The product from Step 6 (1.2g) was heated at 95-100°C with 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane (469mg) and DMA (20ml) for 8 hours. The reaction was cooled and the solvent removed under high vacuum. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC eluting with a water (0.5%TFA) - acetonitriie gradient to <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -179- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> afford the desired product (255mg). 'N-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 8 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared as using the material produced in 10 Step 7 using the conditions described in Step 5, Example 21. 1H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 9 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared utilizing the same methodology as 15 described in Step 4 of Example 12 by coupling the product from Step 8 with the material from Example G. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 10 <br><br> The ester group from the product Step 9 was hydrolyzed utilizing the 20 same procedure as described in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for C20H21N5O6C12S. 1.75TFA. <br><br> C, 38.43; H, 3.19; N, 9.54; S, 4.37 Found: C, 38.43; H, 3.39; N, 9.73; S.4.27 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 <br><br> 10:03:43 page <br><br> -180- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 179 <br><br> Example 38 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> o2n n <br><br> Me c02h hno, <br><br> ac-,0 <br><br> 0,n n <br><br> Me c02h ch3i k2co3 <br><br> DMF " <br><br> n <br><br> Me <br><br> 5%Pd/c co2ch3 ch3oh h,n ho <br><br> 1) ph ncs <br><br> 2) Na(XH3 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -181- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Acetic anhydride (20ml) was treated with 70% nitric acid (4ml) at room temperature. This solution was then added drop wise to a stirred mixture of N-methyl pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (5.0g) in acetic anhydride (30ml) at 10 -30°. The reaction was stirred and allowed to warm to room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was then re-chilled to -25° and filtered through a cold filter, washed with cold hexane and air dried to afford yellow powder (1.5g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Step 2 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared utilizing the procedure described in Step 2, Example 37 using the product prepared in Step 1. The crude product was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column eluting with 40% ethyl acetate - hexane. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> The product from Step 2 (1,0g) was dissolved in methanol (25ml) and treated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pd/C under a 5psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was filtered and concentrated to 25 afford a deep red liquid (1.0g) which was used without further purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The desired compound was prepared using the product described in Step 30 3 utilizing the sequence of Steps 4-8 described in Example 37. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -182- <br><br> WO 99/52896 18J PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 5 <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 4 (425mg), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxytriazine (201 mg) and N-methylmorpholine (263mg) in DMA (10ml) was stirred in an ice bath under nitrogen. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued for 3 hours. A solution of the product of 10 Example G (386mg) and N-methylmorpholine (105mg) in DMA (5ml) was prepared and added to the reaction at room temperature in one portion. The reaction was stirred for 15 hours, quenched with TFA (1.5ml) and then concentrated under high vacuum. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC eluting with a water (0.5%TFA)-acetonitrile gradient to afford a white solid 15 (706mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 6 <br><br> The ester group from the product in Step 5 was hydrolyzed utilizing the 20 same procedure described in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Analysis calculated for: C21H24N6O6CI21,5TFA0.5H20 <br><br> C, 40.75; H, 3.78; N, 11.88; C1, 10.02. <br><br> Found: C, 40.40; H, 3.68; N, 12.10; C1, 10.20. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -183- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 182 <br><br> Example 39 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -184- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> Ph3P ihO THF <br><br> 1) Guanvlate <br><br> 2) Hydrolyze <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> A mixture of 3-bromo-4-methyl thiophene, (10g) copper (1) cyanide 10 (11.3g) and HMPA (15ml) was heated at 130-140° for 18 hours. The mixture was cooled and poured into a stirred solution of sodium cyanide (18.8g) in water (28ml) and stirred for 1 hour. The thick brown mixture was diluted with some additional water and extracted with ether. The combined ethereal extracts were washed with water, saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and 15 concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column eluting with 90% hexane -10% ethyl acetate to afford a pale yellow liquid (5.2g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 20 A mixture of the nitrile prepared in Step 1 (1,5g) and 2N sodium hydroxide solution (150ml) was refluxed for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled and acidified with 2N hydrochloric acid until pH ~2 and extracted with ether. The combined <br><br> 183 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> h,n <br><br> HO <br><br> \ <br><br> -NH' <br><br> NH <br><br> o u <br><br> NH <br><br> — NK <br><br> "c02h ,oh <br><br> CI ^ X1 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -185- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 ethereal extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated to afford a white solid (16:4g) which was used without further purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> io The product from Step 2 (16.4g) was esterified as described in Step 2 of <br><br> Example 37 to afford the desired product (13.6g) after purification on a silica gel column eluting with 10% ethyl acetate - 90% hexane. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Step 4 <br><br> A mixture of N-bromosuccinimide (6.3g) and dibenzoyl peroxide (100mg) in carbon tetrachloride (25ml) was added over a period of 90 minutes to a refluxing solution of the product from Step 3 (5.0g) and dibenzoyl peroxide (100mg) in CCU (25ml). After refluxing for 2 hours the reaction mixture was <br><br> 20 cooled, filtered and concentrated and the residue purified on a silica gel column eluting with 10% ethyl acetate - 90% hexane to afford the desired compound (4.3g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> 25 A mixture of the product described in Step 4 (4.2g), sodium azide (2.9g) <br><br> and DMF (50ml) was heated at 55° under nitrogen for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium <br><br> 30 chloride solution, dried (Na2SC&gt;4) and concentrated to afford a golden oil (3.5g) which was used without further purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -186- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 6 <br><br> A solution of the product described in Step 5 (1 .Og) 1N sodium hydroxide solution (15ml) and methanol (15mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was treated with glacial acetic acid (2ml) and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The layers were <br><br> 10 separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, saturated sodium chloride solution, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated. The residue was dried at 61° for 2 hours under high vacuum to afford a white solid (860mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 7 <br><br> A solution of the product described in Step 6 (850mg) in methylene chloride (10ml) was chilled in an ice bath and treated with a 2N solution of oxalyl chloride (5ml) in methylene chloride in one portion followed by 2 drops of DMF. <br><br> 20 The reaction was stirred for 2 hours while allowing to warm to room temperature. The solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum at room temperature for 16 hours to afford a yellow brown solid (785mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 25 Step 8 <br><br> In a flame dried flask under nitrogen was placed a solution of diisopropylethylamine (1.3ml), the product of Example G (1.4g) and DMA (10ml). The solution was chilled in an ice bath and a solution of the acid chloride from Step 7 (770mg) in DMA (5ml) was added dropwise. The reaction <br><br> 30 was stirred for 30 minutes after the addition was completed and then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were purified on a silica gel column eluting with 50% ethyl acetate - <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -187- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 50% hexane to afford white solid (1,0g). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 9 <br><br> A solution of the product from Step 8 (806mg) in ethanol (20ml) was io heated with a catalytic amount of 5% Pt/C under a 5psi atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 21 hours. The reaction was filtered and concentrated and the residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC eluting with a water (.5%TFA) - acetonitriie gradient to afford a white solid (480mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 10 <br><br> The product described in Step 9 (550mg) was guanylated and purified using the conditions described in Step 4 of Example 21 to afford a white solid (206mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 <br><br> Step 11 <br><br> The ester group from the product in Step 10 was hydrolyzed utilizing the same procedure set forth in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 25 Analysis calculated for: C2iH23N505Cl2S.1.5TFA, 0.5H2O <br><br> C, 39.79; H,3.55; N, 9.67; CI, 9.79; S, 4.43 Found: C, 39.91; H, 3.58; N, 9.94; CI, 10.06; S, 4.52 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -188- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 187 <br><br> Example 40 <br><br> PCT/U S99/04297 <br><br> HfeN ^C02Et <br><br> C02E+ <br><br> 2) Hvdrolyze <br><br> C02H <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> The product prepared in Step 3 of Example 33 (1.0g) was coupled with glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride utilizing the procedure described in Step 5 of 15 Example 38 to afford a yellow solid (1.1 g) after a similar purification. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -189- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 188 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> The produce described in Step 1 (1.0g) was hydrolyzed using the procedure described in Step 5 of Example 21 to afford a white solid (910 mg). 'H-NMR was consistent with proposed structure. <br><br> 10 <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> The product from Step 2 was coupled with 3-amino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyric acid ethyl ester hydrochloride urilizing the protocol described in Step 5 of Example 38. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The ester group from the product in Step 3 was hydrolyzed utilizing the procedure described in Step 5 of Example 12. 'H-NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 20 Analysis calculated for: C17H20N5O6F31.5TFA <br><br> C, 38.01; H, 3.67; N, 11.08. <br><br> Found C, 37.88; H, 3.64; N, 1102 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -190- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 189 <br><br> Example 41 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 Step 1 <br><br> The product of Step 3, Example 33 (527mg, 1.3mmol) and CDMT (244mg, 1,4mmol) was dissolved in DMAC (8ml) under argon. The solution was cooled to 0' for 3 hours NMM (0.15ml, 1,3mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred at 0° for 3 hours and then the product of Example U and NMM (0.15ml) in 15 DMAC (10ml) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with TFA (2ml) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow solid was purified by RP-HPLC using a gradient elution of 90:10 H20/TFA:CH3CN (&gt;,=254 nm). The product was isolated as a white solid (725 mg, 75% yield). 20 Analysis Calculated for C23H26N6O7CI21.5 TFA: <br><br> C, 42.12; H, 3.74; N, 11.35 Found C, 42.26; H, 3.87; N, 11.45 <br><br> H.R.M.S. M+1 calculated for C23H27N607CI2 569.1318. Found 569.1323. <br><br> 25 Step 2 <br><br> The product from Step 1 (725 mg, 0.98 mmol) was dissolved in THF(5ml)/1CH3OH) and 1M NaOH (6.5ml) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then 1M HCI (6.5ml) was added. After concentrating in vacuo, the crude yellow solid was purified by RP-HPLC using a 30 gradient elution of 95:5 H20/TFA:CH3CN (A=254 nm). The product was isolated as a white solid (589 mg, 79% yield). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -191- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Analysis Calculated forAnal. calcd for C21H22N6O7CI2I9 TFA: <br><br> C, 39.30; H, 3.18; N, 11.09. <br><br> Found C, 39.22; H, 3.16; N, 11.39. <br><br> H.R.M.S. M+1 calculated for C21H23N6O7CI2 541.1005. Found 541.1000. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa <br><br> 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -192- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> OH <br><br> stepl <br><br> 191 <br><br> Example 42 <br><br> och, <br><br> step 2 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> oh steps 3 &gt;- <br><br> cr N ochfe nhT n^O <br><br> h <br><br> Compound A <br><br> oh hn n o HN^N <br><br> V <br><br> oh <br><br> Compound B <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> io 2-methoxy-6-chloropyridine carboxylic acid (10 g; 0.053 mol) was dissolved in an excess of concentrated aqueous ammonium hydroxide in a high pressure reactor and heated to 175°C for 24 hours to obtain a pressure of 500 psi.. The solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and converted to the acid by treatment with 2N HCI at 25°C for 2 days and then 15 evaporated to dryness under high vacuum, while heating to 60°C. After 12 hours, the residual water was azeotropically removed with absolute ethanol and the resulting residue was treated with methanol and evaporated under reduced pressure three times. The resulting residue was dissolved in methanol (250 ml) and 4N HCI in dioxane (25 mol) was added to this solution and then refluxed for 20 2.5 days. The solvent was removed by evaporating under reduced pressure and the resulting crude residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (gradient, 95/5 0.1% TFA in H20/CH3CN-60/40 0.1% TFA in H20/CH3CN). The desired product was dissolved in methanol and treated with solid sodium bicarbonate, filtered, and the solvent evaporated. The resulting solid was suspended in 50/50 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -193- <br><br> 5 <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> ethylacetate/hexane and the solid was collected by filtration to obtain of the desired brown solid (1.7g, 20% yield). <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> The compound (300mg; 1.8 mmol) from Step 1 was dissolved in DMF io (7.1 ml) and the product of Step 1, Example 9 (927 mg; 2.1 mmol) was added followed by triethylamine (0.44ml, 325 mg; 3.2 mmol) and mercuric chloride (326 mg; 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3.5 hours then heated to 60°C for 16 hours. Ethyl acetate (7 ml) was added to the reaction after cooling to room temperature and the heterogeneous solution was filtered is through celite. The celite was washed thoroughly with 97/3 ethylacetate/ethanol. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting crude red oil was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 ml) and treated with trifluoroacetic acid (2.77 ml) and refluxed for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a brown oil. The sample was 20 purified by reverse phase HPLC (C18, gradient 90/10 0.1% TFA/H20) to give an impure compound which was dissolved in methanol (2 ml) and treated with 1N NaOH (0.15 ml) and stripped to dryness to give a dark brown oil. This oil was purified by reverse phase HPLC (C18, gradient 99/1 0.1% TFA/H20/CH3CN) to give a tan solid (36 mg). <br><br> 25 <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> The compound (74mg; 0.18 mmol) from the previous step was dried in the vacuum oven overnight and dissolved in DMF (1ml) (stored over molecular sieves) and cooled to 0°C. Then N-methylpiperidine (27ml; 22mg; 0.22 mmol) 30 was added followed by isobutylchloroformate (47ml; 49 mg; 0.36 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes. A solution (0.2 mL) of the product of Example G in DMF was added and the residual p-aminoester was washed with additional DMF (0.2ml). Next N-methylpiperidine (22ml; 18 mg; 0.18 mmol) was added. The <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -194- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 193 <br><br> 5 reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After stirring at 25°C for 12 hours the solvent was removed under high vacuum to give a red-brown oil which was purified by reverse phase HPLC (C18, gradient 80/20 0.1%TFA/H2O/CH3CN) to give the coupled product (22 mg) and the coupled product with an isobutylformyl group incorporated on the pyridone 10 oxygen atom (47 mg). These products were combined and dissolved in methanol (2ml) to which 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide (240ml) was added. The reaction was stirred at 25°C overnight and trifluoroacetic acid (84.7ml) was added. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase HPLC (C18, gradient 95/5 0.1%TFA/H2O/CH3CN) to give the 15 desired product (37mg). <br><br> Microanalytical calcd.for C2iH22N607CI2. 2.1 TFA. 0.2 H20 C: <br><br> 38.58; H: 3.15; N: 10.71. <br><br> Found 38.12; H: 3.36; N: 10.71 <br><br> 20 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -195- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 194 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 43 <br><br> OH <br><br> The above compound was prepared following the procedure described in Step 3, Example 42 by reacting the product of Step 2, Example 42 with the product of Example R. <br><br> Microanalytical calculated for: C2iH22N607CIBr.1.8TFA: <br><br> C: 37.35; H: 3.03; N: 10.62. <br><br> Found C: 37.31; H: 3.23; N: 10.65 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -196- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 195 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Example 44 <br><br> 0 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> The product of Step 3, Example 17 (3.0g; 5.77 mmol) was 10 dissolved in isopropanol (25 ml) and to this solution was added concentrated ammonium hydroxide (45 ml). After stirring at 25°C for 3 hours, the solution was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The crude sample was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker in ethanol (3A) (50 ml) over 5% platinum on carbon at 5 psi at 25°C for 2.5 hours. The sample 15 was filtered and the filtrates were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The compound was purified by reverse phase chromatography (C18, 80/20 CH3CN/H20 gradient) to yield the desired product (1.5g, 39% yield). <br><br> 20 Step 2 <br><br> The product of step 1 (200 mg) was dissolved in methanol (2 ml) and sodium bicarbonate (133 mg) was added. The solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C, filtered and the resulting solution evaporated to dryness. The resulting sample (205 mg; 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in DMF 25 (1.72 ml) and then the product of Step 1, Example 9 (282.8 mg; 0.65) was <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -197- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 196 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 added, followed by triethylamine (99 mg; 0.97 mmol, 0.14 ml) then mercuric chloride (177mg; 0.65 mmol). The solution was heated to 60°C for 30 minutes then to 90°C for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled then diluted with ethyl acetate (1.7 ml) and filtered through celite. The resulting filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The crude sample was 10 purified by flash chromatography to remove unreacted starting material. This material was treated with 50/50 TFA/ch2ci2 to give the impure desired product. This material was dissolved in methanol (2 ml) and 1N sodium hydroxide (2 ml). After stirring at 25°C for 12 hours, the solution was neutralized with TFA (77 ml), then evaporated to dryness under 15 reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (C18, 95/5 H20/CH3CN) to give the desired product (6.8 mg). <br><br> Microanalytical calcd.for C21H23N7O6CI2.3.3TFA: <br><br> C: 36.17; H: 2.89; N: 10.70. <br><br> 20 Found C: 36.57; H: 3.21; N: 10.37. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -198- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 197 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 45 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -199- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 198 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> To a mixture of 3-methyl-2-thiophenecarboxylic acid (1.0 g, 7.0 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (4.0 ml), and potassium carbonate (1.93 g, 14 mmol), was added iodomethane (1.49 g, 10.5 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 80 hours, and diluted with ethyl acetate 10 (150 ml), and washed with H20 (100 ml), and brine (100ml). The organic layer was dried (Mg2S04) and concentrated to a clean product as a pale brown oil (0.87 g, 81% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> 15 Step 2: <br><br> To a solution of the product of Step 1 (5.0 g, 32.0 mmol), dibenzoyl peroxide (0.08 g), and carbon tetrachloride (20 ml), was added a mixture of N-bromosuccinimide (6.3 g, 35.3 mmol), dibenzoyl peroxide (0.08 g), and carbon tetrachloride (20 ml) at reflux over 30 minutes. The resulting 20 reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours. The solid was filtered and washed with carbon tetrachloride (2x10 ml). The filtrate was concentrated to give a mixture of oil and solid (8.1 g, 80% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> 25 Step 3: <br><br> A mixture of the product of Step 2 (8.1 g, 34.7 mmol), sodium azide (5.6 g, 87 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (25 ml) was heated at 58 °C for 2.5 hours. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (800 ml), and washed with H20 (500 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl 30 acetate (100 ml). The combined organic layer was dried (MgS04) and concentrated to give a pale brown oil (6.0 g, 85% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -200- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 199 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 4: <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 3 (6.0 g, 25.9 mmol), NaOH (1N, 50ml), and MeOH (50 ml) was stirred overnight. The reaction was treated with acetic acid (2.5 ml). The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (300 ml). The organic layer was dried with Na2S04. and concentrated to 10 give a yellow oil. A yellow solid (2.0 g, 42% yield) was obtained under vacuum. 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 5: <br><br> A mixture of the product of Step 4 (0.5 g, 2.7 mmol), oxalyl chloride 15 (2 M in dichloromethane, 2.7 ml, 5.4mmol), and dichloromethane (20 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The sblvent was removed from the reaction to give the product as brown oil (0.51 g, 85%yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> 20 Step 6: <br><br> A solution of the product of Example G (0.91 g, 2.43 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.63 g, 4.86 mmol), and N,N-dimethylacetamide (20 ml) was added to a mixture of the product of Step 5 (0.46 g, 2.43 mmol) and THF (10 ml) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 25 minutes and allowed to warm to room temperature. After 16 hours, the solvents were removed from the reaction under vacuum. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (300 ml). The organic solution was washed with saturated NaHC03 solution (100 ml), H20 (100 ml), dried with Na2S,04, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product 30 was purified by column chromatography (on silica gel, <br><br> CH2CI2/MeOH/NH4OH, 98/2/0.2) to give.clean product as a gummy solid (0.7g, 58% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -201- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 7: <br><br> At room temperature, a mixture of the product of Step 6 (0.78 g, 1.56 mmol), 5% Pt/C, and EtOH was stirred under 5 psi for 20 hours. The catalyst was filtered. The filtrate was treated with trifloroacetic acid (0.6 ml) and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was 10 purified by HPLC to give a white solid (0.4 g, 54% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 8: <br><br> Mercury (II) chloride (0.51 g, 1.87 mmol) was added to a mixture of 15 the product of Step 7 (0.55 g, 1.25 mmol), product of Step 1, Example 9 (0.81 g, 1.87 mmol), triethylamine (0.38 g, 3,75 mmol), and N,N-dimethylforamide (15 ml) at room temperature. The reaction was heated at 95-100 °C for 16 hours. The cooled reaction was filtered through a bed of celite (2"), and washed with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed from 20 the filtrate under vacuum to give a oil. This oil was diluted with ch2ci2/trifloroacetic acid (10 ml/10 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solid formed was collected by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and treated with CH2CI2/trifloroacetic acid (15 ml/15 ml) for 1.5 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a 25 brown oil. This oil was purified by HPLC to give a mixture of the desired product and its ethyl ester. The desired compound was recrystallized from acetonitriie as a white solid (0.068 g). The ester product was treated with NaOH/Ethanol (7.0 ml/7.0 ml) for 18 hours, and purified by HPLC to give additional (0.055 g) compound. <br><br> 30 Calculated for C2iH23N506Cl2 S *2.0 CF3COOH: <br><br> C, 38.87; H, 3.26; N, 9.07; <br><br> Found: C, 38.78; H, 3.6; N, 9.16. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -202- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 201 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -203- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 202 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 1: <br><br> Benzoylisothiocyanate (3.34 g, 21.3 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step 1, Example 33 (3.5 g, 20.8 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (45 ml) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours, and poured into ether (300 ml). The resulting mixture was 10 stirred for 15 minutes. The product was collected by filtration, washed with ether (2x40 ml), and air-dried as a yellow solid (6.95 g, 100% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> 15 Sodium methoxide (2.64 g, 48.9 mmol) was added to a suspension of the product of step 1 (6.90 g, 20.8 mmol) and methanol (200 ml) in small portions at room temperature. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction was stirred for 1 hour. Acetic acid (2.8 ml, 48.9 mmol) was added to the reaction. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The 20 product was collected by filtration, washed with methanol (2x30 ml), and dried under reduced pressure to yield an off white solid (3.8 g, 81 % yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> 25 A mixture of the product of Step 2 (1.90 g, 8.4 mmol), methyl iodide <br><br> (3.56, 25.1 mmol) and methanol (60 ml) was heated at reflux for 3.5 hours, and cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed from the reaction solution under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. The oil residue was treated with ether to give a clean product as a yellow solid 30 (3.1 g, 100% yield). NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 3 (0.5 g, 1.36 mmol), 2-methoxyethylamine (0.12 ml, 1.36 mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (5.0 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -204- <br><br> WO 99/52896 _ft, PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 ml) was heated at 85 °C for 2.5 hours. An additional 2- <br><br> methoxyethylamine (0.12 ml, 1.36 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 85 °C for 2 hours. N,N-dimethylacetamide was removed from the cooled reaction under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the desired 10 clean product (0.38g, 76% yield). 1H NMR spectra was consistent for the proposed structure <br><br> Step 5 <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 1 (0.38 g, 1.42 mmol), NaOH is solution (1N, 15 ml), and MeOH (15ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, and then treated with trifluoroacetic acid (1.2 ml). The solvent was removed from the reaction solution under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by HPLC to yield the desired product as a white solid (0.55 g, 100% yield). 1H NMR was 20 consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> Step 6 <br><br> N-methylmorpholine (0.1 ml, 1.42 mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.54g 1.42 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (16 ml). 25 At -5°C, isobutyl chloroformate (0.18 g, 1.35 mmol) was added to the reaction over 5 minutes, and stirred for 15 minutes. A solution of the product of Example G (0.396 g, 1.07 mmol) and N-methyl morpholine (0.075 ml, 1.07 mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (10 ml) was added to the reaction. The resulting reaction solution was allowed to warm to room 30 temperature and stirred for 16 hours. The solvent was removed from the reaction solution under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by HPLC to yield the desired product as a white solid (0.145 g, 14% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -205- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 204 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 7 <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 6 (0.145 g, 0.20 mmol), NaOH (1N, 25ml), and MeOH (25 ml) was stirred for 16 hours. The solvent was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was treated with trifloroacetic acid (2 ml) and 10 purified by HPLC to give the desired product as a off white solid (0.11g, (70% yield). <br><br> Calculated for C2iH24N607Cl2» 2CF3COOH: <br><br> C,38.93; H, 3.40; N, 10.89; <br><br> Found: C, 39.29; H, 3.47: N, 11.15. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -206- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 205 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step 1: <br><br> io A mixture of the product of Step 3, Example 46 (1.56 g, 4.22 mmol), <br><br> 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine (0.45 g, 4.40 mmol), and N,N- <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -207- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 206 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> dimethylacetamide (15 ml) was heated at 92°C - 95 °C for 6.5 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. A solid was formed overnight. The product was collected by filtration, and washed with N,N-dimethylacetamide (5ml), and ether (5 ml) to give a clean product as a white solid (0.50 g, 43% yield). 1H NMR was consistent with the proposed structure. <br><br> Step 2: <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 1 (0.48 g, 1.7 mmol), NaOH (1N, 10 ml), and MeOH (10 ml) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was treated with triflouroacetic acid (2 ml) and purified by HPLC to give a white solid as the desired product (0.38 g, 58% yield). <br><br> Step 3: <br><br> A solution of 4-methyl morpholine (0.14 g, 1.41 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1.5 ml) was added to a solution of the product of Step 2 (0.36 g, 0.94 mmol), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxytriazine (0.18 g, 1.03 mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (10 ml) at 0°C. The resulting bright orange solution was allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 3 hours. A solution of the product of Example G (0.350 g, 0.94 mmol), 4-methyl morpholine (0.93 g, 0.94 mmol), and N.N-dimethyiacetamide (4 ml) was added to the reaction solution. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight, and treated with trifloroacetic acid (1.0 ml). The solvent was removed from the reaction solution under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by HPLC to give a yellow solid as the desired product (0.35 g, 54% yield). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -208- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 207 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Step 4: <br><br> A solution of the product of Step 3 (0.33 g, 0.47 mmol), NaOH (1N, 9 ml), and MeOH (9 ml) was stirred 18 hours. The reaction was treated with trifloroacetic acid (1.0 ml). The solvent was removed from the 10 reaction solution under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by HPLC to give the desired compound as a pale yellow solid (0.285 g, 84%yield). <br><br> Calculated for C23H26N6OeCl2*1.25CF3COOH*1.0H2O: <br><br> C,42.90; H, 4.13; N, 11.77; <br><br> 15 Found: C, 43.03; H, 4.03; N, 11.26. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -209- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 208 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 48 <br><br> -n <br><br> N <br><br> nh ho och3 <br><br> xyx- <br><br> ho n och3 <br><br> oh <br><br> The above compound was synthesized using the methodology described in Example 47. In Step 1 ethylenediamine was used instead of 10 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-diaminopropanediamine. In Step 3 the product of Example U was used instead of the product of Example G. <br><br> Calculated for C2oH2oN606Cl2*1.25CF3COOH*0.5H20: <br><br> C, 40.77; H, 3.38; N, 12.68; <br><br> Found: C, 40.98; H, 3.17; N, 12.57. <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -210- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 209 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example X <br><br> Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-iodosalicylaldehyde <br><br> CHO <br><br> OH <br><br> Br' <br><br> 10 <br><br> The above compound was prepared by iodination of 5-bromosalicylaldehyde as described in literature (J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 5287-5291). <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -211- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Examples Y &amp; Z <br><br> SCHEME A1 <br><br> Scheme A1 O <br><br> h,n oh <br><br> Benzoylisothiocynate <br><br> Acetonitriie, Reflux 16 h h h <br><br> VN <br><br> o s oh <br><br> 10 <br><br> 1. NaOMe, MeOH <br><br> RT, 2.5 h H <br><br> 2. Mel, CH3COOH hnVN <br><br> s nh2 <br><br> Rf oh r2 <br><br> TV- <br><br> NH2 <br><br> DMF, 90 °C 3 -4h <br><br> Z - R1 = R2 = CHj Y - R, = H, R2 = OH <br><br> Step 1 15 Preparation of o <br><br> CeH5 NH NH Jl <br><br> Y <br><br> ° S \ ^ <br><br> N <br><br> A mixture of 5-aminonicotinc acid (10.0g, 0.072mole), benzoylisothiocyanate (11.8 g, 0.072 mole), and DMAP (catalytic amount) 20 in anhydrous acetonitriie (250 mL) was heated to reflux overnight under anhydrous conditions with vigorous stirring (Scheme A1). The resulting <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -212- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 211 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 <br><br> 15 <br><br> 20 <br><br> 25 <br><br> yellow suspension was cooled and filtered. The residue was washed with water, followed by acetonitriie, and dried in vacuo overnight to yield the desired product as a pale yellow solid (21.4 g, 98% yield). <br><br> MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> To the suspension of the product from Step 1 (11.1 g, 0.037 mole) in anhydrous MeOH (230 mL), was added NaOMe (25 wt % solution in methanol, 21.1 mL, 0.092 mole), at which point the reactant went into solution to give an orange-brown solution (Scheme A1). This solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, cooled in an ice bath, and methyliodide (3.45 mL, 0.055 mole added). The resulting mixture was stirred at 10 °C for 30 minutes and 1.5 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then quenched with acetic acid (2 mL), cooled in an ice bath, and filtered. The solids were washed with cold MeOH and dried in vacuo to afford the desired product as a beige solid (2.66 g, 37% yield). MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of Examples Y &amp; Z. <br><br> To a solution of 1,3-diamino-2-hydroxypropane (11.2 g, 0.124 mole) in anhydrous DMF (80 mL), was added the product from Step 2 (8.7 g, 0.041 mole). This mixture was heated at 85 °C under anhydrous conditions for 3 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -213- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 212 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 hours (Scheme A1). After 1-2 hours of heating, the solution became turbid and turbidity increased during the course of heating. The reaction mixture was then cooled in an ice bath and filtered. The solids were washed with acetonitriie, water, acetonitriie, and dried in vacuo to yield the desired product (Example Y) as a beige solid (3.7 g, 38% yield ). 10 MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Example Z was synthesized using the methodology described for Example Y substituting 4 equivalents of 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine for 1,3-diamino,2-hydroxypropane. <br><br> Each of the products from Step 3 were converted to their respective 15 TFA or HCI salts by stirring 1 hour at 10°C in a solution of anhydrous THF (10 mLfor 1.0 g substrate) and TFA (1 eqivalent) or4N HCI/dioxane (2 eqivalents). <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -214- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 213 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> Example 49 <br><br> M NH <br><br> °.v ^OH <br><br> Ri-y^NH <br><br> r2 <br><br> 2.TFA <br><br> R|= R2 = Me <br><br> 10 <br><br> Scheme A2 <br><br> cih.h2n/vsvn o <br><br> -OEt <br><br> SCHEME A2 <br><br> Ri <br><br> N HN NH <br><br> R2 <br><br> N <br><br> 2. TFA <br><br> 1. lsobutylchloroformate, NMM, DMF, -15°C-RT3h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, RT, 1 h, HCI <br><br> nh"~Vn c. X = Y = CI R|= R2 = CH3 <br><br> d..X = Cl, Y = Br R,= R2 = CH3 <br><br> 15 To a suspension of Example Y (0.40 g, 0.00125 mole, Scheme A2) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) at -20 °C was added isobutylchloroformate (0.17 g, 0.00125 mole), followed by the dropwise addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.14 g, 0.00137 mole). After stirring this mixture under argon atmosphere for 20 minutes at -20 °C, an additional amount of N-methylmorpholine 20 (0.14 g, 0.00137 mole) was added, followed by the addition of product from Example G (0.46 g, 0.00125 mole). The resulting mixture was stirred <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -215- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 214 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 at -20 °C for 15 minutes, and then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. DMF was distilled in vacuo and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield (after lyophilization) the desired ester as a white solid (0.20 g, 21% yield). <br><br> MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> 10 This ester (0.2 g) was stirred with 1M LiOH (2 mL) for 1 hour at room temperature. The pH was adjusted to 2 with trifluoroacetic acid and the product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide (after lyophilization) the desired acid as a white solid (0.11 g). <br><br> MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> 15 <br><br> EXAMPLE 50 Preparation of <br><br> 20 The above compound was prepared (Scheme A2) using the procedure described in Example 49 substituting an equivalent amount of Example R for the Example G. <br><br> MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure(s). The ester (0.19 g, 0.00023 mole) was stirred with 1M LiOH (2 mL) for 1 25 hour at room temperature. The pH was adjusted to 2 with trifluoroacetic acid and the product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide (after lyophilization) the desired acid as a white solid (0.13 g, 72% yield). <br><br> MS and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -216- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> EXAMPLE 51 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> H J <br><br> .NH m <br><br> 10 <br><br> SCHEME B <br><br> ho <br><br> Scheme B <br><br> nh2 nh2 <br><br> Z-ONSu, NMM RT, 16 h <br><br> CH2CJ2 <br><br> ho nh-z nh-z <br><br> DMSO/EDC <br><br> Pyridinium-trifluoroacetate <br><br> X" <br><br> nh-z nh-z ho <br><br> a nh-z ..nh-z pTSA <br><br> Dichloroethane, DMSO 80 °C, 24 h h j? <br><br> nh <br><br> DMF, Et3N 90 °C, 3 h <br><br> H2 Pd/C (5%) <br><br> EtOH, EtOAc 16 h, 50 psi c <br><br> rvyy1^ <br><br> nh2 <br><br> -nh, <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -217- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 216 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of bis-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-hydoxy-1,3-diaminopropane. <br><br> nh-z ho' <br><br> imh-z <br><br> 10 <br><br> To a suspension of 2-hydroxy-1,3 diaminopropane (5.8 g, 0.064 mol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) containing N-methylmorpholine (14 mL) at 10 °C, was added benzyloxycarbonylsuccinimide (32 g, 0.129 mol) in portions (Scheme B). The reaction mixture was stirred at room 15 temperature for 16 hours, and resulting clear solution was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL), washed successively with 10% citric acid (2 x 50 mL), water and dried (Na2SO„). Following filtration, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and resulting white solid was crystallized from dichloromethane to afford desired compound (20.0 g, 20 87%). <br><br> 1 H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Preparation of bis-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-1,3-diaminopropane-2-one. <br><br> To a suspension of product from Step 1 (21.0 g, 0.058 mol) and EDC (33.0 g) in dichloromethane (120 mL) containing DMSO (24.0 mL), was 30 added dropwise a solution of pyridiniumtrifluoroacetate (33.0 g) in dichloromethane (50 mL) over a period of 30 minutes and stirred at 10 °C. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 25 <br><br> NH-Z <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -218- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 217 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 After the addition, a clear yellow solution was obtained. Upon stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, a white solid separated from the reaction mixture. It was cooled, filtered, and the solid was washed with cold dichloromethane and water. The white solid obtained was dried in a desiccator in vacuo to afford the desired product (15.5 g, 74% yield). 1H-io NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Step 3 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 15 <br><br> A mixture of product from Step 2 (2.5 g, 0.007 mol), p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.3 g, 0.0016 mol), and DMSO (1.0 mL) in dichloroethane (25 mL) containing ethyleneglycol (2.0 mL) was heated to reflux under anhydrous conditions (Scheme B). After 24 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled, 20 diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed successively with 10% sodium bicarbonate, water and dried (Na2S04). After removal of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was crystallized from dichloromethane/hexane to give the desired compound (2.5 g, 89% yield). 1 H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> 25 <br><br> Step 4 <br><br> The product from Step 3 (3.0 g, 0.0075 mol) was dissolved in a solvent mixture of ethanol (50 .0 mL) and ethyl acetate (50.0 mL), and hydrogenated at 50 psi in the presence of Pd/C (5%, 1.5 g) for 16 hours at 30 room temperature (Scheme B). The catalyst was removed by filtration, was washed with 40% water in ethanol (50 mL) and filtered. The combined filtrate and aqueous washings were concentrated to dryness under <br><br> / <br><br> nh-z <br><br> ,nh-z <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -219- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 218 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 reduced pressure to afford a syrup. This material was dissolved in DMF (10.0 mL), the product from Step 2 of Examplel (1.0 g, 0.0047 mol), was added with triethylamine (0.7 mL), and DMAP (0.05 g). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 °C under anhydrous conditions. After 3 hours, DMF was distilled in vacuo, the residue was triturated with water, and 10 filtered. It was washed with water, acetonitriie, and dried in a desiccator in vacuo to obtain Example 5(0.4 g, 30%) as a powder. This material was used without further purification in step B. 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -220- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 219 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 52 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> 0 COOH <br><br> n- -n yy^hn^vn&gt;^ <br><br> NH N °j^j^OH <br><br> 2.TFA <br><br> cr <br><br> Br <br><br> 10 <br><br> SCHEME C <br><br> Scheme C <br><br> &lt;4J Cr <br><br> NH <br><br> O <br><br> OH <br><br> OEt <br><br> 1. Isobutylchloroformate, NMM, DMF, -15 °C - RT 3 h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, HCI <br><br> f&amp;V <br><br> vo <br><br> 2.TFA <br><br> HN^iTNvf^ <br><br> :A <br><br> COOH <br><br> OH Br <br><br> 15 <br><br> 20 <br><br> 25 <br><br> The compound of Example 51 (0.38 g, 0.0014 mol) was suspended in dry THF (5.0 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL) was added and stirred at 10 °C under anhydrous conditions (Scheme C). After 30 minutes, the THF was distilled under reduced pressure and the residue was dried in vacuo for 3 hours. The resulting material was dissolved in dry DMF (4.0 mL), cooled to -15 °C, and isobutylchloroformate (0.18 mL) was added, followed by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.17 mL). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes under an argon atmosphere. To the mixture was added a solution of amine generated by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.17 mL) to a solution of Example R (0.51 g) in DMF (3.0 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at -15 °C for 30 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -221- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 220 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 minutes, and then at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvents were then removed by distillation in vacuo, and the residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10-90% acetonitrile/water gradient (40 minutes) at a flow rate of 70 mL/min. <br><br> The appropriate fractions were combined and freeze dried to afford 10 the desired ester (0.4 g) as a fluffy white powder. This material was stirred with lithium hydroxide (1M, 2.0 mL) at room temperature. After 45 minutes, the reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with water, acidified with trifluoroacetic acid , and the desired acid (0.25 g,) was isolated by reverse-phase HPLC using 10-90% acetonitrile/water as described above. 1H-15 NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -222- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 221 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> EXAMPLE 53 <br><br> 10 <br><br> SCHEME D <br><br> Scheme D <br><br> nh-z DAST, Pyridine <br><br> H0J^nh-Z ' <br><br> ch2ci2 f <br><br> -50C-RT 16 h nh-z nh-z <br><br> H2 Pd/C (10%) <br><br> EtOH, EtOAc 16 h, 50 psi <br><br> Z = Carbobenzoxy c H MeS. N <br><br> ynrf°h nh <br><br> DMF, Et3N 90 C, 3 h <br><br> OH <br><br> .nh2 _nh2 <br><br> 15 <br><br> Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of bis-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-fluoro-1,3-diaminopropane. <br><br> nh-z nh-z <br><br> 20 To a stirred suspension of bis-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-hydoxy-1,3- <br><br> diaminopropane (6.0 g, 0.017 mol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -223- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 222 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 pyridine (2.7 mL) at -50 °C, was added dropwise a solution of DAST (2.5 mL) in dichloromethane (7.5 mL, Scheme D). The reaction mixture was gradually allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 16 hours under an atmosphere of argon. A clear yellow solution was obtained. The solution was cooled and poured into a mixture of ice,water 10 (1 OOmL), and dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (2 x 50 mL), and dried (Na2S04). After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 30% EtOAc in hexane. The appropriate fractions were combined, concentrated to dryness and the product was crystallized from dichloromethane/hexane 15 to afford the desired fluoro intermediate as a white fluffy powder (2.0 g). 1 H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> A solution of bis-N-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-fluoro-1,3-diaminopropane 20 (3.3 g, 0.0092 mol) obtained from Step 1, in EtOAc ( 30 mL), and EtOH (30 mL) was hydrogenated at 50 psi in the presence of Pd/C (10%, 2.7 g) for 16 hours at room temperature (Scheme D). Following filtration, the catalyst was stirred with EtOH containing 40% water (50 mL) and filtered again. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to afford a syrup (0.7 g). 25 The syrup was suspended in DMF (8.0 mL). The product from Step 2 of Examplel (0.7 g, 0.0033 mol), catalytic amount of DMAP ( 0.01 g), were added and heated at 90 °C for 3 hours under anhydrous conditions. DMF was distilled in vacuo, the residue was suspended in water (25 mL) and the pH was adjusted to 4.5 by the addition of 1N HCI. The resulting mixture 30 was cooled. The solid that separated was filtered and washed thoroughly with water, acetonitriie and dried in a desiccator in vacuo to provide the desired compound as brown powder (0.24 g). 1H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -224- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 223 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 10 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> EXAMPLE 54 <br><br> NH <br><br> N <br><br> 2. TFA <br><br> SCHEME E <br><br> COOH <br><br> OH <br><br> Br <br><br> Scheme E <br><br> cih.h2n/&gt;nv-n O <br><br> OEt <br><br> O H ?°°H <br><br> ci" B <br><br> 1. Isobutylchloroformate, N \\T <br><br> NMM, DMF, -15 °C - RT 3 h 2. TFA CI Br <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, HCI <br><br> 15 The compound of Example 53 (0.22 g) as obtained above was suspended in dry THF (4.0 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL), was added and the solution was stirred at 10° C for 30 minutes, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried in a desiccator in vacuo. The material obtained was suspended in dry DMF (5 mL). 20 Isobutylchloroformate (0.12 mL) was added, followed by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.11 mL). The solution was stirred -15°C under an argon atmosphere (Scheme E). After 30 minutes, a solution of amine generated by the addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.095 mL) to a solution of the product of Example R (0.37 g) in DMF (3.0 mL) was added. The 25 resulting mixture was stirred at -15°C for 30 minutes, and at room temperature for 16 hours. DMF was distilled in vacuo and the residue was <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -225- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 224 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10 - 90% acetonitrile/water. The appropriate fractions were combined and freeze dried to afford the desired ester product as a pale yellow powder (0.35 g). 1 H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> The resulting product (0.3 g, Scheme E) was stirred with 1M LiOH io (3.0 mL) at room temperature. After 1 hour, the solution was diluted with water (3.0 mL), cooled and acidified with trifluoroacetic acid. The resulting mixture was then purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10 -90% acetonitrile/water (30 minute gradient) at flow rate of 70 mL/min. The appropriate fractions were combined and freeze dried to provide the 15 desired compound as a white powder (0.22 g). 1 H-NMR and MS were consistent with the structure. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -226- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> EXAMPLE 55 <br><br> Preparation of <br><br> • N^HN ho' nh <br><br> NH-^T <br><br> Her n <br><br> 2. tfa <br><br> 10 <br><br> SCHEME F <br><br> Scheme F <br><br> cih.h2n w <br><br> ■nh2.hci ho "oh <br><br> Qv-OEt <br><br> CIH.H,N'^Vs&gt;f'N 2 O <br><br> oh <br><br> Br <br><br> HN <br><br> O <br><br> r <br><br> SMe ~N <br><br> DMF, Water, Na2C03,90 °C, 3 -4h <br><br> N_ <br><br> ho^a. ,nh n hc? <br><br> oh <br><br> 1. Isobutylchloroformate, NMM, DMF, -15 °C - RT, 3 h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, HCI <br><br> ho' <br><br> HC? <br><br> N <br><br> 2. TFA <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -227- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 226 <br><br> 5 Step 1 <br><br> Preparation of o <br><br> HO <br><br> htf oh <br><br> 10 <br><br> To a solution of 1,4-diamino-2,3-dihydroxybutane dihydrochloride [2.21 g, 0.012 mole] [synthesized from dimethyl-L-tartrate as described in J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, 5, (2), 183-197, [1986], in water (6 mL) and anhydrous DMF (10 mL), was added sodium carbonate (1.83 g, 0.017 15 mole). To this mixture, the product from Step 2 of Example 1 (1.21 g, 0.006 mole) was added and the mixture was heated at 85 °C for 3 hours. After cooling in an ice bath, DMF was distilled in vacuo and, the resulting residue was suspended in water. The pH was adjusted to 5.6. The solution was lyophilized to afford the desired product (0.907 g, 59 % yield). 20 MS was consistent with the desired structure (M+H 267). <br><br> The compound obtained was converted to its HCI salt by stirring with 4N HCI/dioxane (2 equivalents) in THF (10 mL) at 10 °C for 1 hour. <br><br> in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) at -20 "C, was added isobutylchloroformate (0.016 g, 0.00012 mole), followed by the dropwise addition of N-methylmorpholine (0.013 g, 0.00013 mole, Scheme F). After stirring this mixture under argon atmosphere for 20 minutes at -20 °C, an additional 30 amount of N-methylmorpholine (0.013 g, 0.00013 mole) was added <br><br> Step 2 <br><br> 25 <br><br> To a suspension of the product from Step 1 (0.11 g, 0.00023 mole) <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -228- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 227 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 followed by the addition of the product from Example R (0.048 g, 0.00012 mole). The resulting mixture was stirred at -20 °C for 15 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, DMF was distilled in vacuo and the residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC to yield (after lyophilization) the desired ester as a white solid (0.03 g, 33 % yield). 10 MS (M+H 627 M+H 629) and 1 H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> 1H-NMR (400MHz, Cd3Od): 8 8.8 (s, 1H)8 8.5(s, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H) 5.6 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 4H), 3.7 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 1.2 (m, 3H) <br><br> 15 The resulting ester (0.03 g, 0.000035 mole) was stirred with 1M <br><br> LiOH (2 mL). After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the pH was adjusted to 2 with trifluoroacetic acid, and the product was isolated by reverse-phase HPLC to provide (after lyophilization) the desired acid as a white solid (0.001 g, 3.5 % yield). <br><br> 20 MS (M+H 599 M+H 601) and 1H-NMR were consistent with the desired structure. <br><br> 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD): 6 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H) 5.6 (m, 1H), 4.1 ( m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H) <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -229- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 228 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 56 <br><br> The difluoro analog is prepared according to the synthetic sequence outlined in Scheme 1 below. <br><br> Scheme l <br><br> , nh-z <br><br> DAST <br><br> nh-z <br><br> ^ H2 Pd/C (10%) <br><br> .nh-z CH2C1, 24 h f- <br><br> .nh-z EtOAc, EtOH <br><br> ,nh2 <br><br> Z = Carbobenzoxy <br><br> H <br><br> HN_N <br><br> Y <br><br> oh cih <br><br> DMF,Et3N, 90 °C, 3 h <br><br> .n. hn <br><br> OEt oh <br><br> 1. Isobutylchloroformate, NMM, DMF, -15 °C - RT, 3 h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, RT, HCI <br><br> 10 <br><br> NyHN r-^NH <br><br> O H °^-OH <br><br> nh^Y <br><br> •N 2. TFA <br><br> X = Y = Halogen <br><br> The carbobenzoxy-protected ketone is converted to the corresponding difluoro intermediate using DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride. <br><br> Subsequent removal of the carbobenzoxy groups (Z) by catalytic hydrogenation and coupling of the resulting diamine with the S-15 methylisothiourea derivative of 5-aminonicotinic acid derivative, provides the corresponding difluoro-substituted guanidine containing nicotinic acid precursor. This compound is reacted with a glycine-beta amino acid-ester, followed by hydrolysis and acidification to yield the final desired compound. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -230- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 229 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Example 57 <br><br> Compounds containing seven-membered fluoro/hydroxy substituted guanidines are prepared according to the following Scheme starting from the known diisopropyl-L-tartrate (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 7538). <br><br> 10 ' SCHEME 2 <br><br> Scheme 2 <br><br> o l.NHj/MeOH 0 <br><br> V J] ° / 2. HMDS, TMS-C1, TMS-HN-^S- \ <br><br> "^Q-\ CH3CN, Reflux 16 h \ / <br><br> 9 TMSO ^ <br><br> CH2Cl2-MeOH(10%) nh-tms RT, 24 h <br><br> 0 <br><br> l.BHj.THF hN <br><br> H^° &gt;NH2 ?.HCl'16h CIHH^ ^NH&gt;HCI T. XT <br><br> SMe N <br><br> TMSO "F HO F DMF, 90 C <br><br> 3 - 4 h <br><br> TMS = trimethylsilyl ^ <br><br> CIH.HN^vh'N~ <br><br> i HO <br><br> HO 1 ■ Isobutylchloroformate, x <br><br> NMM, DMF, -15 °C - RT 3 h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, HCI X = Y = Halogen <br><br> The monosilylated intermediate is synthesized by amidation, 15 silylation and A/-desilylation. The diborane reduction of this monosilyl derivative provides the corresponding diamine dihydrochloride. <br><br> Subsequent condensation of the free-diamine with the S-methylisothiourea 5-aminonicotinic acid derivative, provides the corresponding seven-membered guanidine derivative. Further reaction of this guaniidine with the 20 glycine-beta-amino acid-ester, followed by hydrolysis and acidification yields the final desired compound. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -231- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 230 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> Example 58 <br><br> The dialkyl/diol substituted seven-membered cyclic guanidine compounds are prepared according to reactions outlined in the following Scheme. Starting from the known carbobenzoxy-protected diamines (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 2156), the corresponding seven-membered cyclic guanidine is synthesized by reacting the free-diamine precursor with the S-methylisothiourea 5-aminonicotinic acid derivative. The condensation of the resulting guanidine-carboxylic acid with a glycine-beta-amino acid-ester, followed by hydrolysis and acidification yields the final desired compound. <br><br> SCHEME 3 <br><br> Scheme 3 <br><br> EtOH <br><br> O <br><br> R R. <br><br> &lt;^nh2 T It J <br><br> . \ / SMe N <br><br> . .3 5- n <br><br> HO DMF, 90 °C <br><br> 1. Isobutylchloroformate, ^—( NMM H0 R DMF, -15 °C - RT 3 h <br><br> 2. 1M LiOH, HCI X = Y = Halogen <br><br> Z = Benzyloxycarbonyl <br><br> R = CH3, CH2OH, CH2Ph, CF3, CH2F, or alkyl <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -232- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 231 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Example 59 <br><br> The dihydroxy compounds are prepared by the acid catalysed cleavage of the cyclic ketal precursor as shown in the following Scheme. <br><br> 10 SCHEME 4 <br><br> Scheme 4 <br><br> X = Y = Halogen <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -233- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 232 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Example 60 <br><br> Compounds containing the seven-membered diol substituted cyclic guanidines starting from D or meso-tartarate derivatives are prepared as outlined in Scheme F. <br><br> 10 <br><br> 15 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -234- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 233 <br><br> The activity of the compounds of the present invention was tested in the following assays. The results of testing in the assays are tabulated in Table 1. <br><br> VITRONECTIN ADHESION ASSAY <br><br> 10 MATERIALS <br><br> Human vitronectin receptor (0^3) was purified from human placenta as previously described [Pytela et al., Methods in Enzvmology. 144:475-489 (1987)]. Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as previously described [Yatohgo et al.. Cell Structure and Function. 13:281-15 292 (1988)]. Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described [Charo et al., 1 Biol. Chem.. 266(3):1415-1421 (1991)]. Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody 20 was obtained from Calbiochem (La Jolla, CA). Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA). ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). <br><br> METHODS <br><br> 25 <br><br> Solid Phase Receptor Assays <br><br> This assay was essentially the same as previously reported [Niiya et al., Blood. 70:475-483 (1987)]. The purified human vitronectin receptor 30 (ocvPs) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 ng/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca++, Mg++, and Mn++, pH 7.4 (TBS+++). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 nL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4°C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining 35 steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 lil of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS+++ (TBS+++/BSA) were added to block <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -235- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 234 <br><br> 5 exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS""* using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS+++/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of labeled iigand with test (or 10 control) Iigand, and subsequent transfer of 50 jaL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled Iigand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0 x 10"4 M. The competition occurred for two hours after which all wells were washed with a plate washer as before. Affinity purified is horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:3000 in TBS+++/BSA and 125 fiL were added to each well. After 30 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with OPD/H2O2 substrate in 100 mM/L Citrate buffer, pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding 20 control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A450 were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCELJ spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The mean A450 values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no 25 competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm [Rodbard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency. Vienna, pp 469 (1977)], plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated vitronectin (IC50) and corresponding R2 30 was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than 50% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the IC50 is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. p-[[2-[[5-[(aminoiminomethyl)amino]-1-oxopentyl]amino]-1-oxoethyl]amino]-3-pyridinepropanoic acid [USSN 08/375,338, Example 1] which is a potent 35 avP3 antagonist (IC50 in the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -236- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 235 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> PURIFIED llb/llla RECEPTOR ASSAY <br><br> MATERIALS <br><br> Human fibrinogen receptor (avp3) was purified from outdated 10 platelets. (Pytela, R., Pierschbacher, M.D., Argraves, S., Suzuki, S., and Rouslahti, E. "Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid adhesion receptors", Methods in Enzvmoloav 144(1987):475-489.) Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as described in Yatohgo, T., Izumi, M., Kashiwagi, H., and Hayashi, M., "Novel purification of vitronectin from 15 human plasma by heparin affinity chromatography," Cell Structure and Function 13(1988^281-292. Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described. (Charo, I.F., Nannizzi, L., Phillips, D.R., Hsu, M.A., Scarborough, R.M., "Inhibition of fibrinogen 20 binding to GP llb/llla by a GP Ilia peptide", J. Biol. Chem. 266(3)(1991): 1415-1421.) Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from Calbiochem (La Jolla, CA). Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA). ADP reagent was obtained from 25 Sigma (St. Louis, MO). <br><br> METHODS <br><br> Solid Phase Receptor Assays 30 This assay is essentially the same reported in Niiya, K., Hodson, E., <br><br> Bader, R., Byers-Ward, V. Koziol, J.A., Plow, E.F. and Ruggeri, Z.M., "Increased surface expression of the membrane glycoprotein llb/llla complex induced by platelet activation: Relationships to the binding of fibrinogen and platelet aggregation", Blood 70(1987):475-483. The 35 purified human fibrinogen receptor (0^3) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 n.g/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca++, Mg++, and <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -237- <br><br> WO 99/52896 ^ PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 Mn++, pH 7.4 (TBS*'1'*). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 ^xL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4°C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining Steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 ^L of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS+++ 10 (TBS+++/BSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS+++ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS+++/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of 15 labeled Iigand with test (or control) Iigand, and subsequent transfer of 50 liL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled Iigand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0 x 10'" M. The competition occurred for two hours after which all wells were washed with a plate 20 washer as before. Affinity purified horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:3000 in TBS+++/BSA and 125 ^L were added to each well. After 30 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with 0DD/H202 substrate in 100 mM/L citrate buffer, pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 25 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A450 were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCELJ spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The mean A450 values were normalized to the 30 mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm, [Robard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Aaencv. Vienna, pp 469 (1977)], plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated 35 vitronectin (IC50) and corresponding R2 was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than 50% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; <br><br> Printed, from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -238- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 237 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 5 otherwise the ICso is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. p-[[2-[[5-[(aminoiminomethyl)amino]-1-oxopentyl]amino]-1 -oxoethyl]amino]-3-pyridinepropanoic acid [USSN 08/375,338, Example 1] which is a potent avP3 antagonist (IC50 in the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control. <br><br> 10 <br><br> Human Platelet Rich Plasma Assays Healthy aspirin free donors were selected from a pool of volunteers. The harvesting of platelet rich plasma and subsequent ADP induced platelet aggregation assays were performed as described in Zucker, M.B., 15 "Platelet Aggregation Measured by the Photometric Method", Methods in Enzvmoloav 169(1989): 117-133. Standard venipuncture techniques using a butterfly allowed the withdrawal of 45 mL of whole blood into a 60 mL syringe containing 5 mL of 3.8% trisodium citrate. Following thorough mixing in the syringe, the anti-coagulated whole blood was transferred to a 20 50 mL conical polyethylene tube. The blood was centrifuged at room temperature for 12 minutes at 200 xg to sediment non-platelet cells. <br><br> Platelet rich plasma was removed to a polyethylene tube and stored at room temperature until used. Platelet poor plasma was obtained from a second centrifugation of the remaining blood at 2000 xg for 15 minutes. 25 Platelet counts are typically 300,000 to 500,000 per microliter. Platelet rich plasma (0.45 mL) was aliquoted into siliconized cuvettes and stirred (1100 rpm) at 37°C for 1 minute prior to adding 50 uL of pre-diluted test compound. After 1 minute of mixing, aggregation was initiated by the addition of 50 uL of 200 uM ADP. Aggregation was recorded for 3 minutes 30 in a Payton dual channel aggregometer (Payton Scientific, Buffalo, NY). The percent inhibition of maximal response (saline control) for a series of test compound dilutions was used to determine a dose response curve. All compounds were tested in duplicate and the concentration of half-maximal inhibition (IC50) was calculated graphically from the dose response curve 35 for those compounds which exhibited 50% or greater inhibition at the <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -239- <br><br> WO 99/52896 PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> 238 <br><br> highest concentration tested; otherwise, the IC5o is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page <br><br> -240- <br><br> WO 99/52896 <br><br> 239 <br><br> PCT/US99/04297 <br><br> EXAMPLE NO. <br><br> (ICgo, nm) <br><br> llb/llla (ICso, nm) <br><br> 1 <br><br> 1.58 <br><br> 313 <br><br> 2 <br><br> 1.32 <br><br> 272 <br><br> 3 <br><br> 0.41 <br><br> 298 <br><br> 4 <br><br> 0.74 <br><br> 581 <br><br> 5 <br><br> 0.42 <br><br> 884 <br><br> 6 <br><br> 0.27 <br><br> 1260 <br><br> 7 <br><br> 0.21 <br><br> 361 <br><br> 8 <br><br> 95.1 <br><br> 857 <br><br> 9 <br><br> 0.18 <br><br> 244 <br><br> 10 <br><br> 0.14 <br><br> 161 <br><br> 11 <br><br> 0.34 <br><br> 462 <br><br> 12 <br><br> 4.5 <br><br> 442 <br><br> 13 <br><br> 9.32 <br><br> 780 <br><br> 14 <br><br> 12.4 <br><br> 772 <br><br> 15 <br><br> 25.4 <br><br> 1040 <br><br> 16 <br><br> 22000 <br><br> 6180 <br><br> 17 <br><br> 0.46 <br><br> 724 <br><br> 18 <br><br> 0.43 <br><br> 798 <br><br> 19 <br><br> 2.96 <br><br> 2490 <br><br> 20 <br><br> 0.32 <br><br> 2020 <br><br> 21 <br><br> 0.2 <br><br> 551 <br><br> 22 <br><br> 6.96 <br><br> 1710 <br><br> 23 <br><br> 3600 <br><br> 10100 <br><br> 24 <br><br> 91200 <br><br> 15800 <br><br> 25 <br><br> 1870 <br><br> 3910 <br><br> 26 <br><br> 0.71 <br><br> 831 <br><br> 27 <br><br> 0.26 <br><br> 482 <br><br> 28 <br><br> 0.43 <br><br> 984 <br><br> 29 <br><br> 0.46 <br><br> 1385 <br><br> 30 <br><br> 155 <br><br> 29.5 <br><br> 31 <br><br> 3942 <br><br> 1803 <br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -241- <br><br></p> </div>

Claims (1)

  1. <div class="application article clearfix printTableText" id="claims"> <p lang="en"> WO 99/52896<br><br> 240<br><br> PCT/U S99/04297<br><br> EXAMPLE NO.<br><br> a.B, (IC™. nm)<br><br> llb/llla (ICcri! nm)<br><br> 32<br><br> 2.1<br><br> 49<br><br> 33<br><br> 0.2<br><br> 520<br><br> 34<br><br> 0.34<br><br> 1203<br><br> 35<br><br> 0.14<br><br> 340<br><br> 36<br><br> 1.13<br><br> 970<br><br> 37<br><br> 63.8<br><br> 267<br><br> 38<br><br> 278<br><br> 115<br><br> 39<br><br> 1917<br><br> 2458<br><br> 40<br><br> 1.5<br><br> 20630<br><br> 41<br><br> 10.2<br><br> 35400<br><br> 42<br><br> 3.1<br><br> 5954<br><br> 43<br><br> 6.5<br><br> 7527<br><br> 44<br><br> 42.1<br><br> 1061<br><br> 45<br><br> 1094<br><br> 1678<br><br> 46<br><br> 1.97<br><br> 2693<br><br> 47<br><br> 0.99<br><br> 6709<br><br> 48<br><br> 4.3<br><br> 27910<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -242-<br><br> 'r 31-05-2000<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> &gt;241<br><br> •• • •••<br><br> » • • • • • •••<br><br> • • * 1<br><br> MAIN PETITION<br><br> What is claimed is:<br><br> 1. A compound of the formula<br><br> IA<br><br> A—f-C<br><br> \ 13 ! HET)<br><br> \zh V--'<br><br> -A'<br><br> 0<br><br> n n 11<br><br> 0 /Y\m (CH2)p-C-R<br><br> x1 1 TMI i<br><br> 'N—CH<br><br> ^11 o1<br><br> [Zln R" R<br><br> or a pharmaceutical^ acceptable salt thereof, wherein<br><br> ! HETl<br><br> ^ / ' v-<br><br> -ri is a 5-8 membered monocyclic heterocyclic ring, optionally unsaturated, containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from the group consisting of O, N or S; wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of CH, CH2, N, NH, O and S;<br><br> with the provision that<br><br> ! HETl v / '<br><br> V"'<br><br> -A'<br><br> is not pyrroiidinyl, when V = NH; A is x<br><br> —N N-R7<br><br> I g lo<br><br> R5 R8<br><br> wherein Y1 is selected from the group consisting of N-R2, O, and S;<br><br> R2 is selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; aryl; hydroxy; alkoxy; cyano; nitro; amino; alkenyl; alkynyl; amido; alkylcarbonyl; arylcarbonyl;<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> 31-05-2000<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> • » %wy+*s • «• • •* •»<br><br> • • #9 •• •••<br><br> ft • t<br><br> • ••• • • •<br><br> alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxycarbonyl; haloalkyicarbonyl; haloaikoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl; arylthiocarbonyl; acyioxymethoxycarbonyl; alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from CrC10-alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, haloaikyi, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, amino, alkoxy, aryl or aryl optionally substituted with one or more halogen, haloaikyi, Cr C10 alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, alkylsulfonyl, alkylthio, nitro, carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, or fused monocyclic heterocycles; aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloaikyi, hydroxy, Cr Ci0 alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, cyano, nitro, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, carboxyl derivatives, amino, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles and fused monocyclic heterocycle; monocyclic heterocycles; and monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloaikyi, C-pC-io alkyl, alkoxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl or fused aryl; or<br><br> R2 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of CtC10 alkyl, thioaikyl, alkylamino, hydroxy, keto, alkoxy, halo, phenyl, amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, spirodioxolane, and fused phenyl;<br><br> or R2 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered heterocycle, optionally unsaturated, containing one or more heteroatom selected from O, N and S;<br><br> or R2 taken together with R7 forms a 5-9 membered heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C-,-Cio alkyl, phenyl, alkoxy and hydroxy;<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> • • tMlO • *• • •• •*<br><br> • • •• •• • • • ••••<br><br> ♦ • • * » • • ••• • • • *<br><br> • • •• • • • • • * •<br><br> + • • • • • •<br><br> • • ••• ♦ •• • •• ••<br><br> R2 taken together with R7 forms a 5 membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a aryl or heteroaryl ring;<br><br> R7 (when not taken together with R2) and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aratkyl; amino; alkylamino; hydroxy; alkoxy; arylamino; amido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl; alkoxycarbonyl; aryloxy; aryloxycarbonyl; haloalkylcarbonyl; haloalkoxycarbonyl; alkylthiocarbonyl; arylthiocarbonyl; acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; cycloalkyl; bicycloalkyl; aryl; acyl; benzoyl; alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from C1-C10 alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, haloaikyi, cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives,<br><br> amino, alkoxy, thio, alkylthio, sulfonyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloaikyi, C-i-C10 alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio,<br><br> haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, fused monocyclic heterocycles; aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloaikyi, CtCi0 alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, or fused monocyclic heterocycles; monocyclic heterocycles; monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halogen, haloaikyi, CrCm alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, fused aryl; monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclicalkyls; -S02R1° wherein R10 is selected from the<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> • m • *+ •••• • • ••<br><br> • t •• *~V •• • » f » • « t<br><br> • • • • • • » t • • •<br><br> • • • • • •<br><br> t • • • • • « • • • « •<br><br> • f •• ••• • «• 0 •• ••<br><br> group consisting of alkyl, aryl and monocyclic heterocycles, all optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, haloaikyi, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, nitro, amino, acylamino,<br><br> trifluoroalkyl, amido, alkylaminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino,<br><br> alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoromethylthio, trifluoroalkoxy,<br><br> tr'rfluoromethylsulfonyl, aryl, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, and monocyclic heterocycles; and 0<br><br> _io wherein R10 is defined above;<br><br> — O — K<br><br> NR7 and R8 taken together form a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from CVC™ alkyl, carboxyl derivatives, aryl or hydroxy and wherein said ring optionally contains a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S;<br><br> R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,<br><br> benzyl, and phenethyl;<br><br> or<br><br> A is<br><br> V2<br><br> -N^NR7<br><br> R<br><br> wherein Y2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl; cycloalkyl; bicycioalkyl; aryl; monocyclic heterocycles; alkyl optionally substituted with aryl which can also be optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halo, haloaikyi, alkyl, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, aryl, or fused aryl; aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from halo, haloaikyi, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, aryl, fused aryl, nitro, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, or alkyl; alkynyl; alkenyl; -S-R9 and -O-R9 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl;<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> »<br><br> • • + • •<br><br> 9<br><br> 9 *<br><br> •• •••• • •<br><br> • ••• • •<br><br> • • ••<br><br> • • • %<br><br> • » • •<br><br> • * • •<br><br> • • • •<br><br> • •<br><br> aralkyl; aryl; alkenyl; and alkynyl; or R9 taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen and monosulfur or monooxygen containing heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with Ci-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, keto, phenyl, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, and fused phenyl; or R9 taken together with R7 is thiazole; oxazole; benzoxazole; or benzothiazole; and<br><br> R5 and R7 are as defined above;<br><br> Y2 (when Y2 is carbon) taken together with R7 forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen or dinitrogen containing ring optionally substituted with alkyl, aryl, keto or hydroxy;<br><br> where R2 and R7 taken together form a 5-8 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of C-i-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, keto, phenyl, or carboxyl derivatives; and R8 is selected from the group consisting of alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, haloalkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl, or acyloxymethoxycarbonyl; and<br><br> R5 is defined as above<br><br> R2 and R7 taken together form a membered heteroaromatic ring such as imidazole or pyrimidone;<br><br> N-R2<br><br> A is<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> 246<br><br> ofp/np qp i\i 2<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003<br><br> or A is<br><br> ■RECEIVED<br><br> where R2 and R7 taken together form a 5-8 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle optionally substituted with hydroxyl, keto, phenyl, or alkyl; and<br><br> R8 are both selected from the group consisting of alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, haloalkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl and acyloxymethoxycarbonyl;<br><br> Z1 is one or more substitutent selected from the group consisting of H; alkyl; hydroxyl; alkoxy; aryloxy; halogen; haloaikyi; haloalkoxy; nitro; amino; alkylamino; acylamino; dialkylamino; cyano; alkylthio; alkylsulfonyl; carboxyl derivatives; trihaloacetamide; acetamide; acyl; aryl; fused aryl; cycloalkyl; thio; monocyclic hetereocycles; fused monocyclic heterocycles; oxo; and A, wherein A is defined above; or Z1 is R32 substituted on a nitrogen atom when [HET group] is an oxo substituted heterocycle; R32 is H, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, dialkylamino alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl- or alkylsulfonyl, carboxyl, and carboxyl derivatives;<br><br> V is selected from the group consisting of -N-(R6)- wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of H; C1.C10 alkyl; cycloalkyl; aralkyl; aryl; and monocyclic heterocycles; or R6 taken together with Y, forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing ring;<br><br> Y, Y3 Z and Z3are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alky; aryl; and cycloalkyl; or Y and Z taken together form a cycloalkyl; or Y3 and Z3 taken together form a cycloalkyl;<br><br> n is an integer 1, 2, or 3;<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 247<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> t is an integer 0, 1, or 2;<br><br> p is an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3;<br><br> R is X-R3 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of O, S and NR4, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; haloaikyi; aryl; arylalkyl; sugars; steroids; polyalkylethers; alkylamido; alkyl N,N-dialkylamido; pivaloyloxymethyl; and in the case of the free acid, all pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;<br><br> R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; alkyl; alkenyl; alkynyl; aryl; carboxyl derivatives; haloaikyi; cycloalkyl; monocyclic heterocycles; monocyclic heterocycles optionally substituted with alkyl, halogen, haloaikyi, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, fused aryl, nitro, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonamide, thio, alkylthio, carboxyl derivatives, amino, amido;<br><br> alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of halo, haloaikyi, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, thio, alkylthio, alkynyl, alkenyl, alkyl, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfoxide, arylsulfonyl, cyano, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide, acylamide, carboxyl derivatives, sulfonamide, sulfonic acid, phosphonic acid derivatives, phosphinic acid derivatives, aryl, arylthio, arylsulfoxide, or arylsulfone all optionally substituted on the aryl ring with halo, alkyl, haloaikyi, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, amido, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles; and fused monocyclic heterocycles, monocyclic heterocyclicthio, monocyclic heterocyclicsulfoxide, and monocyclic heterocyclic sulfone, which can be optionally substituted with halo, haloaikyi, nitro, hydroxy, alkoxy, fused aryl, or alkyl;<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -249-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> 248<br><br> alkylcarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl;<br><br> aryl optionally substituted in one or more positions with halo, haloaikyi, alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, thio, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, acyloxy, carboxyl derivatives, carboxyalkoxy; amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethy I sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles and fused monocyclic heterocycles; and provided that taken together with the nitrogen, R7 and R8 comprise an amino acid; and<br><br> R11 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloaikyi or haloalkynyl or R11 taken together with Y forms a 4-12 membered mononitrogen containing ring;<br><br> or a pharmaceutical^ acceptable salt thereof.<br><br> 2. A compound according to Claim 1 of the formula<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -250-<br><br> o r7 II /<br><br> \ g r wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above and<br><br> O<br><br> wherein<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 249<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> wherein R32 is H, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, dialkylamino alkyl, wherein the alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aryl- or alkyl-sulfonyl, carboxyl, and carboxyl derivatives.<br><br> 3. A compound according to Claim 2 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -251-<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -252-<br><br> ,\X^vC02H<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -253-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 252<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -254-<br><br> OH<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -255-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 254<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> intellectual property nr-mp -*)p 1^2<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 RECEIVED<br><br> 4. A compound according to Claim 1 of the formula<br><br> O<br><br> /rl PlA<br><br> V ^7 v-j-c N—CH<br><br> ;yety W A"<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 255<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> 5. A compound according to Claim 4 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of h2n<br><br> K.<br><br> cr h2n nh<br><br> A.<br><br> O<br><br> *n. a nh.<br><br> CO2H<br><br> nh' x ' .oh 0<br><br> CI<br><br> CI<br><br> r~\<br><br> NYNH o hn.<br><br> /~A<br><br> Ny,NH o hn cr<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -257-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 256<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> OH<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -258-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 257<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> o<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -259-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 258<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> OH<br><br> N^N HN<br><br> H<br><br> rr<br><br> MeO N<br><br> O^ .OH<br><br> ,OH<br><br> CI<br><br> ci ;<br><br> HN<br><br> n<br><br> Y<br><br> HN<br><br> N<br><br> MeO<br><br> rrN<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -260-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 259<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> ,0-<br><br> O COOH<br><br> 'n&gt;Ynyv^hn^nV<br><br> ^NH 11n^J ' 0 X/OH<br><br> O<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -261-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 260<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> -N.<br><br> HyH COOH N<br><br> CI<br><br> XX<br><br> OH<br><br> Br<br><br> CI'<br><br> 6. A compound according to Claim 1 of the formula<br><br> . Het i v ✓ '<br><br> (CH2)p<br><br> A,<br><br> i i11 &gt;1<br><br> \z/n R11 R1<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -262-<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 261<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> 7. A compound according to Claim 6 selected from the group consisting of<br><br> Printed from Mimosa 10/03/2000 10:03:43 page -263-<br><br> 31-05-2000<br><br> -262-<br><br> US 009904297<br><br> CI •<br><br> AMENDED SHEET<br><br> A<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 263<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> 8. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein the compound is of the formula<br><br> X<br><br> wherein<br><br> Het is fT'<br><br> HN-N<br><br> -H-2'<br><br> or<br><br> N I<br><br> Me<br><br> A compound according to Claim 1 of the formula<br><br> H<br><br> %/°H<br><br> HN-N<br><br> (TV<br><br> intellectual property ofrcf of n.z<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003<br><br> RECEIVED<br><br> WO 99/52896<br><br> 264<br><br> PCT/US99/04297<br><br> 10. A<br><br> compound according to Claim 1 of the formula<br><br> O<br><br> Het<br><br> ''<br><br> -CH<br><br> \tjn ^<br><br> wherein { Het v / '<br><br> IS<br><br> N^S<br><br> 11. A<br><br> compound according to Claim 10 of the formula<br><br> NH<br><br> U S n<br><br> H2N<br><br> T<br><br> o<br><br> C02H<br><br> 12. A compound of the formula intellectuaTTroperty*<br><br> OFFfCF OF N.Z<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003<br><br> RECEIVED<br><br> 10<br><br> 15<br><br> 265<br><br> intellectual property<br><br> OFROe OF HZ<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 RECEIVED<br><br> 13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 12 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.<br><br> 14. The use of a therapeutically effective avP3 inhibiting amount of a compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 12, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating conditions mediated by the avP3 integrin.<br><br> 15. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is tumor metastasis.<br><br> 16. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is solid tumor 20 growth.<br><br> 17. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is angiogenesis.<br><br> 25<br><br> 18 The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is osteoporosis.<br><br> 19. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy.<br><br> 20. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is smooth 30 muscle cell migration.<br><br> 21.<br><br> The use according to Claim 14 wherein restenosis is inhibited.<br><br> 2 2 SEP 2003 266 t RECEIVFn<br><br> *<br><br> 22. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is rheumatoid arthritis.<br><br> 23. The use according to Claim 14 wherein the condition is macular 5 degeneration.<br><br> 24. A compound of the formula defined in Claim 1, substantially as herein described with reference to any one or more of the Examples.<br><br> 10 25. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 12, substantially as herein described.<br><br> 26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined in Claim 1 and substantially as<br><br> 15 herein described with reference to any one or more of the Examples,<br><br> and a pharmaceutical^ acceptable carrier.<br><br> 27. A pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 13, substantially as herein described.<br><br> 20<br><br> 28. The use of a therapeutically effective avP3 inhibiting amount of a compound as defined in Claim 1 and substantially as herein described with reference to any one or more of the Examples, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating conditions mediated by the<br><br> 25 avf33 integrin.<br><br> 29. The use according to any one of Claims 14 to 23, substantially as herein described.<br><br> 30 G. D. SEARLE &amp; CO.<br><br> By its Attorneys<br><br> BALDWIN SHELSTON WATERS<br><br> </p> </div>
NZ507292A 1998-04-10 1999-04-09 Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists NZ507292A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US8139498P 1998-04-10 1998-04-10
PCT/US1999/004297 WO1999052896A1 (en) 1998-04-10 1999-04-09 Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives as vitronectin antagonists

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
NZ507292A true NZ507292A (en) 2003-12-19

Family

ID=22163868

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NZ507292A NZ507292A (en) 1998-04-10 1999-04-09 Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists

Country Status (17)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1070060A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002511462A (en)
KR (1) KR20010042614A (en)
CN (1) CN1304406A (en)
AR (1) AR015759A1 (en)
AU (1) AU765294B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9910119A (en)
CA (1) CA2326665A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20003672A3 (en)
IL (1) IL138677A0 (en)
MY (1) MY133473A (en)
NO (1) NO20005084L (en)
NZ (1) NZ507292A (en)
PL (1) PL343406A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2215746C2 (en)
TW (1) TWI247008B (en)
WO (1) WO1999052896A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6172256B1 (en) * 1998-03-04 2001-01-09 G.D. Searle & Co. Chiral-β-amino acid compounds and derivatives thereof
GB9805655D0 (en) 1998-03-16 1998-05-13 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6521626B1 (en) 1998-03-24 2003-02-18 Celltech R&D Limited Thiocarboxamide derivatives
GB9814414D0 (en) 1998-07-03 1998-09-02 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9821061D0 (en) 1998-09-28 1998-11-18 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9826174D0 (en) 1998-11-30 1999-01-20 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
CN1346282A (en) * 1998-12-23 2002-04-24 G.D.西尔公司 Use of a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor and one or more antineoplastic agents as combination therapy method in treating neoplasia
CA2360305A1 (en) 1999-02-09 2000-08-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of fxa and method
DE60017389T2 (en) 1999-04-12 2006-03-02 Aventis Pharma Ltd., West Malling SUBSTITUTED BICYCLIC HETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AS INTEGRIN ANTAGONISTS
GB9908355D0 (en) * 1999-04-12 1999-06-09 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd Chemical compounds
AU4551500A (en) * 1999-04-28 2000-11-17 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Integrin receptor antagonists
US6518283B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2003-02-11 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
US6455539B2 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-09-24 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivates
EP1332132B1 (en) 2000-04-17 2007-10-10 UCB Pharma, S.A. Enamine derivatives as cell adhesion molecules
US6403608B1 (en) 2000-05-30 2002-06-11 Celltech R&D, Ltd. 3-Substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
US6545013B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2003-04-08 Celltech R&D Limited 2,7-naphthyridine derivatives
EP1289959A1 (en) 2000-06-15 2003-03-12 Pharmacia Corporation Dihydrostilbene alkanoic acid derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists
US6511973B2 (en) 2000-08-02 2003-01-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Lactam inhibitors of FXa and method
EP1305291A1 (en) 2000-08-02 2003-05-02 Celltech R&amp;D Limited 3-substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
DE10204789A1 (en) * 2002-02-06 2003-08-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Inhibitors of the integrin alpha¶v¶beta6
TW200307671A (en) 2002-05-24 2003-12-16 Elan Pharm Inc Heteroaryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α 4 integrins
AU2003299600A1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-29 Pharmacia Corpration The r-isomer of beta amino acid compounds as integrin receptor antagonists derivatives
UA87854C2 (en) 2004-06-07 2009-08-25 Мерк Энд Ко., Инк. N-(2-benzyl)-2-phenylbutanamides as androgen receptor modulators
EP2065381A1 (en) 2007-10-18 2009-06-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co. KG CGRP antagonists
NZ585347A (en) 2007-10-18 2011-09-30 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Cgrp antagonists
WO2009065922A2 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel compounds
EP2251338A3 (en) 2007-11-22 2011-06-08 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Organic compounds
US8716226B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2014-05-06 Saint Louis University 3,5 phenyl-substituted beta amino acid derivatives as integrin antagonists
KR20150038185A (en) 2012-07-18 2015-04-08 세인트 루이스 유니버시티 Beta amino acid derivatives as integrin antagonists
KR20160147007A (en) 2014-05-30 2016-12-21 화이자 인코포레이티드 Carbonitrile derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators
BR112018012981A2 (en) 2015-12-30 2018-12-04 Saint Louis University amino benzoic meta azacyclic acid derivatives as pan integrin antagonists with improved pharmacokinetic properties
PL3538528T3 (en) * 2016-11-08 2021-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrole amides as alpha v integrin inhibitors
JPWO2021230325A1 (en) * 2020-05-14 2021-11-18
WO2023275715A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Pfizer Inc. Metabolites of selective androgen receptor modulators
JPWO2023085396A1 (en) 2021-11-12 2023-05-19
CN115626912B (en) * 2022-09-27 2024-03-26 中山大学 Thiourea compound and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5120859A (en) * 1989-09-22 1992-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Chimeric amino acid analogues
DE69613985T2 (en) * 1995-08-30 2002-06-13 G.D. Searle & Co., Chicago META-GUANIDINE, UREA, THIOURANE OR ACACYCLIC AMINOBENZOIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INTEGRINE ANTAGONISTS
DE19629816A1 (en) * 1996-07-24 1998-01-29 Hoechst Ag New cycloalkyl derivatives as inhibitors of bone resorption and vitronectin receptor antagonists
WO1998008840A1 (en) * 1996-08-29 1998-03-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Integrin antagonists

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MY133473A (en) 2007-11-30
IL138677A0 (en) 2001-10-31
CN1304406A (en) 2001-07-18
AR015759A1 (en) 2001-05-16
WO1999052896A1 (en) 1999-10-21
NO20005084D0 (en) 2000-10-09
TWI247008B (en) 2006-01-11
NO20005084L (en) 2000-11-27
JP2002511462A (en) 2002-04-16
CA2326665A1 (en) 1999-10-21
AU765294B2 (en) 2003-09-11
RU2215746C2 (en) 2003-11-10
CZ20003672A3 (en) 2001-08-15
KR20010042614A (en) 2001-05-25
EP1070060A1 (en) 2001-01-24
PL343406A1 (en) 2001-08-13
BR9910119A (en) 2001-10-09
AU3449999A (en) 1999-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
NZ507292A (en) Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives useful as vitronectin antagonists
US7119098B2 (en) Heteroarylakanoic acids as intergrin receptor antagonists
US5773644A (en) Cyclopropyl alkanoic acid derivatives
AU753230B2 (en) Meta-azacyclic amino benzoic acid compounds and derivatives thereof being integrin antagonists
JP2004521079A (en) Compounds containing bicyclic ring systems useful as alpha vbeta3 antagonists
US6531494B1 (en) Gem-substituted αvβ3 antagonists
US6013651A (en) Meta-azacyclic amino benzoic acid compounds and derivatives thereof
US6689754B1 (en) Heterocyclic glycyl β-alanine derivatives
US20020072500A1 (en) Hydroxy acid integrin antagonists
US6906051B2 (en) Lactone integrin antagonists
CA2419699A1 (en) Gem-substituted .alpha. v .beta. 3 integrin antagonists
US20040019206A1 (en) Lactone integrin antagonists
US20080064716A1 (en) Biphenyl Integrin Antagonists
MXPA00009967A (en) Heterocyclic glycyl beta-alanine derivatives as vitronectin antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PSEA Patent sealed